www.ssgcp.

com Year : 4

`75
t.me/ssgcp
ssgc.gs.qa

32
ssghatnachakra
SamsamyikGhatna
ISSUE
5 June
2025

Current
OPERATION
Sind or Drishti
ENGLISH MONTHLY
Pre-Cum-Mains
CURRENT AFFAIRS

1
Current EDITORIAL
Drishti Certain events that happen in a country can
ENGLISH MONTHLY affect the happenings going on in other parts of
Pre-Cum-Mains
the world. Hence, current affairs have an
CURRENT AFFAIRS
important role in our daily life. Owing to this
Year : 4
Issue : 5 June, 2025
importance and its dynamic nature, current
M.R.P.: 75/- affairs is a section that we can find in every
competitive exams. This is to test a student's
Editorial Office :
Sam-Samayik Ghatna Chakra ability to be abreast of what is happening in the
188A/128 Allenganj, Churchlane, world.
Prayagraj (Allahabad) - 211002
Ph.: 0532-2465524, 9335140296 Current affairs comprises topics like
e-mail : ssgcald@yahoo.co.in National and International Affairs,
Website : ssgcp.com
e-shop : ssgcp.com
Economics, Environment, Science and
Contact Timing : 12:00 Noon to 8 p.m. Technology, and myriad others like
(Monday to Friday) important Personalities, Places,
Editor : Santosh Kumar Chaudhary
Sub Editor : Rishabh Srivastava
Organisations, Military Exercises, Awards,
Writers : Kameshwar Shukla, Appointments, Agreements, Sports etc. which
Upendra P. Singh, Amit Yadav,
Sandeep Kumar Gupta &
are related to competitive exams.
Shivam Dwivedi The "CURRENT DRISHTI" is a Monthly
Editorial Co-Ordinator : Digvijay Pandey
Computer Assistance : Asif Iqbal,
Magazine presented by Sam Samayik Ghatna
Mohd. Amaan Aslam Chakra encapsulates all the dimensions of the
Account Manager : R.P. Bhatt current affairs in a single book.
Advertisement Manager :
Jitendra Dwivedi The current events are written in a holistic
Managing Editor : Mamta Chaudhary manner consisting Indepth analysis and
Printed at : Shree Jee Printing Press
Copyright 2025, by Sam-Samayik
Background events. Also flowcharts and
Ghatna Chakra. No Part of this necessary diagrams are drawn as per
publication may be reproduced or
distributed in any form or by any means:
requirements of the topic.
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, This compendium of current affairs will
recording or otherwise or stored in
database or retrieval system without the
definitely be beneficial for not only the aspirants
prior written permission of publisher. of the civil services examinations, but to every
The program listings (if any) may be
entered stored and executed in a
reader who wants to be updated about the
computer system, but they may not be contemporary international and national events.
reproduced for publication.
Hope You Will Enjoy This…
 Operation Sindoor
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of the Operation l Territory of Pakistan (4 Locations) l Pakistan Occupied
Kashmir (PoJK) (5 Locations) l Article 51 of the UN Charter l Response From Pakistan l Indian Armed Forces Press
Conference l Strategic Response and Launchpad Destruction l Proclamation of Ceasefire l PM Narendra Modi’s
Speech on Operation Sindoor l Key High-precision Weapons Used by India l SCALP Cruise Missile (Storm Shadow)
l HAMMER Precision-Guided Bomb (AASM) l Loitering Munitions (Kamikaze Drones) l BrahMos Supersonic Cruise
Missile l S-400 Triumf (Sudarshan Chakra) – India’s Strategic Air Defense Shield l Key Features and Capabilities
l Operational Role in Operation Sindoor l Civil Defence Preparedness Mock Drill - 2025 l Operation SINDOOR
Achievements l Past Military Operations by India Against Pakistan

ˆˆ Recent Context targeted, including locations in Pakistani Punjab

 Operation Sindoor was a coordinated precision and the region India calls Pakistan-occupied
strike operation launched by the Indian Armed Jammu and Kashmir (PoJK).
Forces on May 7, 2025. ˆˆ Territory of Pakistan (4 Locations)
 It represented a coordinated effort involving the
 Markaz Subhan Allah, Bahawalpur:
Indian Army, Navy, and Air Force.
Headquarters of Jaish-e-Mohammed (JeM),
 The operation was conducted in retaliation of
serving as a major operational hub.
the barbaric Pahalgam terrorist attack, in
 Markaz Taiba, Muridke: Base of Lashkar-
which 25 Indians and one Nepali citizen were
e-Taiba (LeT), known for planning and
murdered, on April 22, 2025.
coordinating cross-border attacks.
  The attack was claimed by The Resistance
 Mehmoona Joya, Sialkot: A Hizbul
Front (TRF), a group linked to Lashkar-
Mujahideen camp used for militant training and
e-Taiba (LeT), with India attributing its
support to Pakistan. logistical support.
 Markaz Ahle Hadith, Barnala: A LeT-linked
 Unlike past operations with aggressive titles,
the name “Sindoor” was chosen as a personal religious indoctrination hub, promoting
tribute to the victims, especially the widows of extremist ideologies.
the Pahalgam attack. ˆˆ Pakistan Occupied Kashmir (PoJK) (5
 Through Operation Sindoor, India has used Locations)
its ‘Right to Respond’ to the attack on its  Syedna Bilal Camp, Muzaffarabad: A Jaish-
soil, and the Armed Forces scripted history by e-Mohammed training centre focused on
acting with precision, precaution & compassion equipping militants for cross-border operations.
to destroy the camps used to train terrorists in  Shwawai Nalla Camp, Muzaffarabad: An
Pakistan and PoK. operational unit for Lashkar-e-Taiba, involved
 Wing Commander Vyomika Singh and in attack planning.
Colonel Sofiya Qureshi led the Indian  Makaz Raheel Shahid, Kotli: A Hizbul
government’s briefing about the operation. Mujahideen centre for coordinating militant
ˆˆ Key Highlights of the Operation activities in the region.
 The Operation Sindoor took place on May  Markaz Abbas, Kotli: A JeM safehouse used
7, 2025, nine terror infrastructure sites were for strategic meetings and logistical planning.

June, 2025 (3) CURRENT DRISHTI

· Sarjal Facility, Tehra Kalan: A secured location · They confirmed that over 100 terrorists were
for weapons and IED storage, facilitating killed, including those involved in major attacks
terrorist activities. like the IC 814 hijacking and the Pulwama
blasts.
ˆ Article 51 of the UN Charter
· The Armed Forces also presented satellite
· It states that the UN Charter does not impair the
inherent right of individual or collective self-defence
imagery showcasing:
if an armed attack occurs against a UN member.  Â Damage to terror infrastructure during
· It urges the UN Security Council to take measures Operation Sindoor
necessary to maintain international peace and  Â Strikes on military targets in response to
security. Pakistan’s retaliatory firings since May
· It states that measures taken by Members in 7, 2025
the exercise of this right of self-defence shall be
immediately reported to the Security Council. ˆ Strategic Response and Launchpad
Destruction
ˆ Response From Pakistan · On May 10, 2025, the Border Security Force
· Following Operation Sindoor, Pakistan (BSF) announced the complete destruction of a
initiated unprovoked firings across the Line terrorist launchpad at Looni in Sialkot district,
of Control (LOC) using mortars and heavy
located opposite the Akhnoor area.
caliber artillery.
· This response was part of India’s strategic
 Â These attacks resulted in the tragic loss of
retaliation to neutralize terrorist threats and
16 civilian lives.
prevent further incursions.
· According to Pakistan, the Indian strikes
targeted civilian areas, including mosques, ˆ Proclamation of Ceasefire
killing 31 Pakistani civilians. · On May 10, 2025 India and Pakistan agreed to a
· On 10 May, 2025 Pakistan launched an conditional ceasefire. The ceasefire agreement
operation codenamed Operation Bunyan al- was mediated successfully by the United States
Marsus, targeting several Indian military bases. as claimed by President of United States Donald
 Â In retaliation, India also continued Trump.
Operation Sindoor, expanding its scope · Joint statements from Indian and Pakistani
to target Pakistani military installations. officials later confirmed the ceasefire. Foreign
This conflict marked the first drone battle Secretary Vikram Misri stated that Pakistan’s
between the two nuclear-armed nations. DGMO called his Indian counterpart.
· Between May 7 and May 10, 2025, multiple · Both sides agreed to cease hostilities on land,
drone incursions were reported across air, and sea, effective from 5 pm that day. A key
various locations: Union Territory of Jammu condition was that India would not reactivate the
& Kashmir; States of Punjab, Rajasthan, and Indus Waters Treaty.
Gujarat · Just hours after the ceasefire agreement took
· An estimated 300 to 400 drones were deployed effect, explosions were reported in Srinagar.
by Pakistan to target Indian sites. Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri acknowledged
· In Ferozpur, Punjab, a crashing projectile repeated violations of the ceasefire
from a Pakistani drone landed at a house in understanding.
Village Khai Pheme Ke, causing:
  A fire in the structure and a parked car ˆ PM Narendra Modi’s Speech on Operation
 Â Injuries to three members of a family Sindoor
· Establishing a New Counter-Terrorism
ˆ Indian Armed Forces Press Conference Doctrine: PM Modi declared Operation Sindoor as
· Lieutenant General Rajiv Ghai, Director India’s established counter-terrorism strategy. The
General of Military Operations (DGMO), on operation sets a new standard for counter-terrorism
May 11, 2025 briefed the media on the Indian with decisive and high-precision strikes.
Army’s precision strikes under Operation · Three Key Pillars of India’s New Security Doctrine
Sindoor, detailing its objectives, outcomes, and 1. Decisive Retaliation
the events that led to the ceasefire agreement  Â Any terrorist attack will be met with a powerful
between India and Pakistan. and strategic response.

CURRENT DRISHTI (4) June, 2025

  Â India will retaliate on its own terms, targeting · Purpose: Engaging medium-range targets,
terror hubs at their roots. including mobile or dynamic threats, with high
2. No Tolerance for Nuclear Blackmail precision.
 Â India will not be deterred by nuclear threats. · Features:
 Â Any terror haven sheltering behind nuclear  Â Modular design accommodating various
threats will face precise and powerful strikes. bomb sizes (125 kg to 1000 kg)
3. No Distinction Between Sponsors and Terrorists  Â Multiple guidance systems: GPS/INS,
 Â Terrorist leaders and the governments infrared imaging, and laser targeting
protecting them will be targeted equally.
 Â Effective in diverse terrains and adverse
 Â This eliminates the artificial separation
weather conditions
between terrorists and their state sponsors.
· Operational Use: HAMMER bombs were
· PM Modi emphasized that India’s proactive
and decisive approach will be the new normal. utilized to strike terrorist camps located in
Operation Sindoor signifies India’s readiness to act challenging terrains, ensuring precision without
against terrorism without restraint. crossing into hostile airspace.
ˆ Loitering Munitions (Kamikaze Drones)
ˆ Key High-precision Weapons Used by India
· Examples: Nagastra-1 (developed by Solar
· During Operation Sindoor, the Indian Armed
Industries), Warmate systems
Forces executed a series of precision strikes
· Purpose: Combining surveillance and strike
against terrorist infrastructure in Pakistan and
capabilities, these drones loiter over target
Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK).
areas, identify threats, and execute precision
· This operation showcased India’s advanced
strikes.
military capabilities, utilizing state-of-the-art
· Features:
weaponry to achieve strategic objectives with
 Â Real-time intelligence gathering
minimal collateral damage.
 Â Autonomous decision-making for target
· Below is an overview of the key high-precision
engagement
weapons employed:
 Â Reduced risk to personnel by operating
ˆ SCALP Cruise Missile (Storm Shadow) remotely
· Manufacturer: MBDA (European defense · Operational Use: Deployed to eliminate
consortium) terrorist hideouts with pinpoint accuracy, these
· Launch Platform: Rafale fighter jets munitions allowed strikes to be conducted
· Range: Over 500 km entirely from Indian Territory, minimizing risk to
· Purpose: Designed for deep-strike missions pilots and aircraft.
targeting high-value, stationary assets such as
ˆ BrahMos Supersonic Cruise Missile
fortified bunkers and command centers.
· Developers: Joint venture between India’s
· Features:
DRDO and Russia’s NPO Mashinostroyenia
 Â Stealth capabilities for evading enemy radar
· Launch Platforms: Land, sea, air, and
 Â All-weather, day-and-night operational submarine
capability · Range: Approximately 290 km
 Â Precision guidance systems to minimize · Purpose: Targeting strategic military assets
collateral damage with high-speed precision strikes.
· Operational Use: In Operation Sindoor, SCALP · Features:
missiles were deployed to neutralize key terrorist  Â Supersonic speed (Mach 2.8 to 3.0)
infrastructures deep within enemy territory,  Â High accuracy with advanced guidance
marking their first publicly acknowledged use by systems
India in a combat scenario.  Â Versatility across multiple platforms
ˆ HAMMER Precision-Guided Bomb (AASM) · Operational Use: In a significant escalation,
· Manufacturer: Safran Electronics & Defense India fired 15 BrahMos missiles to dismantle
(France) Pakistan’s air defense systems, including radar
· Launch Platform: Rafale fighter jets installations across multiple airbases. This
· Range: 15–70 km, depending on variant and marked the first known combat use of BrahMos
release altitude by India.

June, 2025 (5) CURRENT DRISHTI

ˆ S-400 Triumf (Sudarshan Chakra) – India’s ˆ Civil Defence Preparedness Mock Drill - 2025
Strategic Air Defense Shield · On May 7, 2025, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA)
· During Operation Sindoor, the Indian Armed initiated a civil defence drill across 244 districts
Forces effectively employed the S-400 Triumf air throughout India.
defense system, locally known as “Sudarshan · This was described as a truly nationwide exercise,
Chakra,” to counter aerial threats from Pakistan. encompassing every state and union territory
· The 2025 Civil Defence Preparedness Mock
· This marked the system’s first combat
Drill was noted as the first major civil defence
deployment by India, showcasing its strategic
exercise of its scale since the 1971 India-
significance in modern warfare. Pakistan War.
· Manufacturer: Developed by Russia’s Almaz · The exercise was conducted under the provisions
Central Design Bureau. of the Civil Defence Rules, 1968, which empower
· Indian Designation: Dubbed “Sudarshan the Home Ministry to initiate such drills when
Chakra” in Indian service, symbolizing a divine required.
weapon of protection. ˆ Purpose and Objectives
· Deployment: India signed a deal worth · The primary aim of the mock drill was to enhance
approximately `35,000 crore (around $5.4 civil preparedness and save lives during potential
billion) in 2018 to procure five squadrons of the emergency situations.
· Officials emphasized the focus on strengthening
Russian-made S-400 Triumf air defence missile
disaster readiness and community resilience.
system.
· The drill also served as a symbolic message of
ˆ Key Features and Capabilities deterrence, showcasing India’s preparedness for
· Multi-Layered Defense: Capable of engaging any challenge.
a wide array of aerial threats, including fighter · The exercise demonstrated coordinated
efforts between emergency services, local
jets, drones, cruise missiles, and ballistic
administrations, and security forces.
missiles.
· Advanced Radar Systems: Equipped with ˆ Operation SINDOOR Achievements
sophisticated radars that can detect and track · Destruction of Terror Camps: Nine major
targets up to 600 km away. terror launchpads of Lashkar-e-Taiba, Jaish-
· Missile Range and Speed: Utilizes four types e-Mohammed, and Hizbul Mujahideen were
of missiles with ranges up to 400 km, capable destroyed in Pakistan and PoJK, eliminating
of intercepting targets traveling at speeds up to over 100 terrorists.
Mach 14 (approximately 17,000 km/h). · Deep Cross-Border Strikes: India’s airstrikes
· Simultaneous Engagement: Each system reached deep into Pakistan’s Punjab and
can simultaneously track and engage multiple Bahawalpur, marking a significant strategic shift
targets, providing comprehensive area defense. beyond the LoC.
· Strategic Red Line Established: India
ˆ Operational Role in Operation Sindoor
redefined its stance by launching visible and
· First Combat Use: The S-400 system was
forceful responses to terror originating from
deployed for the first time in combat by India Pakistani soil.
during Operation Sindoor to intercept and · Air Defense Weaknesses Exposed: The IAF
neutralize incoming threats from Pakistan. jammed Pakistan’s Chinese-made air defense
· Defense Against Aerial Attacks: On the systems using Rafale jets, SCALP missiles, and
night of May 7–8, 2025, the S-400 systems HAMMER bombs, completing the mission in just
successfully intercepted a series of drones and 23 minutes.
missiles launched by Pakistan targeting Indian · India’s Air Defense Superiority: The
cities and military installations. indigenous Akashteer system shot down
· Strategic Impact: The effective deployment drones and missiles, demonstrating India’s
of the S-400 systems played a crucial role technological edge.
in safeguarding Indian airspace, deterring · Precision Without Escalation: Civilian and
further aggression, and demonstrating India’s non-terror military targets were avoided,
advanced defensive capabilities. preventing full-scale war.

CURRENT DRISHTI (6) June, 2025

· High-Value Targets Neutralized: Key  Â India secured control over the Siachen
commanders like Yusuf Azhar, Abdul Malik Glacier and Saltoro Ridge, including
Rauf, and Mudassir Ahmad, linked to the IC-814 strategic passes like Bilafond La and Sia
hijack and Pulwama attack, were eliminated. La.
· Reframed Kashmir Narrative: The operation  Â This operation established India’s
was seen purely as counter-terrorism, dominance over the world’s highest
decoupling it from Kashmir’s political context. battlefield.
· Operation Vijay (1999): This operation was
ˆ Past Military Operations by India Against India’s military action to reclaim territory
Pakistan occupied by Pakistani forces in Kargil.
· Operation Cactus Lily (1971): An air assault · Operation Safed Sagar (1999): Conducted by
operation conducted by the Indian Army and Air the Indian Air Force to launch airstrikes against
Force during the Bangladesh Liberation War. Pakistani forces entrenched in Indian positions
 Â Launched in December 1971, it involved along the LoC.
crossing the Meghna River and bypassing  Â It marked the first large-scale use of air
the Pakistani stronghold at Ashuganj/ power since the 1971 war.
Bhairab Bazar to advance towards Dhaka. · Uri Surgical Strikes, 2016: These were
· Operation Trident (1971): A naval offensive conducted by Indian Special Forces in retaliation
operation targeting Pakistan’s Karachi port. for the Uri Attack.
 Â It marked the first use of anti-ship missiles  Â The strikes targeted terrorist launch pads
in the region. This operation severely across the LoC in Pakistan-administered
damaged Pakistan’s naval capacity and Kashmir.
contributed significantly to its defeat. · Operation Bandar (2019):
· Operation Python (1971): A follow-up naval  Â Launched in response to the 2019 Pulwama
attack on Karachi port to further cripple Attack on a CRPF convoy in Jammu and
Pakistan’s naval forces. Kashmir.
 Â These naval strikes were instrumental in  Â The Indian Air Force conducted precision
ensuring India’s victory and the creation of airstrikes on a Jaish-e-Mohammed training
Bangladesh. camp in Balakot, Pakistan.
· Operation Meghdoot (1984): Launched on  Â This operation was the first airstrike across
April 13, 1984, under Prime Minister Indira the LoC since 1971, showcasing India’s
Gandhi’s leadership. offensive capabilities.
Year Force Operation Name Location / Objective
2008 Indian Army Operation Black Tornado Mumbai – Response to 26/11 terrorist attack
2015 Indian Army Myanmar Counter-Insurgency Myanmar – Surgical strike on militants
2015 Indian Air Force Operation Maitri Nepal – Earthquake relief mission
2015 Indian Navy Operation Raahat Yemen – Evacuation during conflict
2016 Indian Army Operation Calm Down Jammu & Kashmir – Anti-militancy operation
2016 Indian Air Force Operation Sankat Mochan South Sudan – Evacuation during civil war
2017 Indian Air Force Operation Insaniyat Bangladesh – Humanitarian aid for Rohingya refugees
2018 Indian Navy Operation Madad Kerala – Rescue during floods
2020 Indian Navy Operation Samudra Setu COVID-19 – Repatriation mission
2020 Indian Army Operation Randori Behak Jammu & Kashmir – Encounter operation
2021 Indian Army Operation Devi Shakti Afghanistan – Evacuation during Taliban takeover
2022 Indian Army Operation Ganga Ukraine – Student evacuation amid Russia-Ukraine
war and Air support in evacuation
2023 Indian Air Force Operation Dost Turkey & Syria – Earthquake rescue mission
2024 All Forces Operation Sindoor Pakistan & POK – Operation in response to Pahalgam
Terror Attack

June, 2025 (7) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Digital Access as a Fundamental Right
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Background of the Case l Key Observations by the Supreme Court l Directions Issued by the
Court l Legal and Constitutional Implications l Government Initiatives to Improve Digital Access

ˆˆ Recent Context  This set the stage for a judicial examination of

In a landmark judgment on April 30, 2025, the digital access as a fundamental right.
Supreme Court of India significantly expanded ˆˆ Key Observations by the Supreme Court
the interpretation of Article 21 of the Constitution,  Digital Access as a Fundamental Right:
declaring that the right to digital access is an The Supreme Court emphasized that in the
intrinsic component of the right to life and personal modern era, access to essential services
liberty. like governance, education, healthcare, and
 This historic decision mandates the state economic opportunities is increasingly mediated
to ensure an inclusive digital ecosystem, through digital platforms.
particularly for marginalized and vulnerable   Therefore, the right to life under Article
groups, including persons with disabilities, rural 21 must be reinterpreted to include the
populations, senior citizens, and economically right to digital access.
weaker sections.  State’s Obligation: The Court held that the
 The Judgment was authored by Justice R. State’s obligations under Article 21, when read
Mahadevan, with Justice J.B. Pardiwala on alongside Article 14 (Equality before Law),
the Bench. Article 15 (Prohibition of Discrimination), and
ˆˆ Background of the Case Article 38 (Promotion of Welfare), encompass
The judgment originated from two significant the responsibility to ensure universal accessibility
Public Interest Litigations (PILs): to digital infrastructure and services.
1. Pragya Prasun v. Union of India, 2024 – Filed  Bridging the Digital Divide: The Court
by an acid attack survivor who faced severe underscored that bridging the digital divide is
facial disfigurement, making it impossible for now a constitutional imperative rather than a
her to complete the e-KYC process due to the matter of policy discretion.
requirement of blinking for a live photograph.   Digital access is crucial for ensuring dignity,
2. Amar Jain v. Union of India, 2025 – Filed by autonomy, and equal participation in public
a visually impaired advocate who encountered life.
barriers in completing digital KYC processes, ˆˆ Directions Issued by the Court
such as taking selfies and handling short- To ensure inclusivity in digital processes, the
duration OTPs. Supreme Court issued several critical directions:
 Both petitioners argued that the existing  Revision of e-KYC Norms – The Reserve
digital KYC procedures were discriminatory Bank of India (RBI) and other regulatory bodies
and violated their rights under the Rights of must revise digital KYC norms to accommodate
Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 (RPwD persons with disabilities, including those with
Act) and the Constitution. facial disfigurements and visual impairments.

CURRENT DRISHTI (8) June, 2025

 Alternative Authentication Methods – a fundamental right under Article 21 must be fair,
Develop alternative modes for verifying ‘liveness’ just, and reasonable, not arbitrary or oppressive,
during KYC processes, such as voice-based laying the groundwork for inclusive digital rights
authentication or manual verification. jurisprudence.
 Accessible Digital Interfaces – Government  In Faheema Shirin RK v. State of Kerala
portals, learning platforms, and financial (2019), the Kerala High Court became the first in
technology services must comply with Web India to recognize the right to access the Internet
Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) to as part of the Right to Life under Article 21 and the
ensure compatibility with assistive technologies. Right to Education under Article 21A.  
 Extended OTP Durations – Longer validity   The Court held that denying students internet
periods for OTPs should be provided to assist access in hostels infringed upon their
individuals with visual impairments. constitutional rights.
 In Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India (2020), the
 Staff Training – Bank and government
Supreme Court held that Article 19(1)(a) protects
personnel are required to be trained to assist
the freedom of speech and expression via the
persons with disabilities in completing e-KYC
internet, and Article 19(1)(g) safeguards the right
processes.
to trade and conduct business online.  
 Regional Language Support – Digital content
  It emphasized that any restrictions on these
should be available in regional languages to
rights must meet the tests of reasonableness
include linguistic minorities. and proportionality.
 Appointment of Nodal Officers – Each  Sabu Mathew George v. Union of India
department must appoint a nodal officer (2017): The court directed search engines to
responsible for digital accessibility compliance. proactively block advertisements related to pre-
 Periodic Accessibility Audits – Regular audits natal sex determination but clarified that it does
by certified professionals are mandated to not create any kind of curtailment in right to access
ensure compliance with accessibility standards. information and freedom of expression.
ˆˆ Legal and Constitutional Implications Rights Included Under Article 21 (Judicial Interpretation)
The judgment has broad legal and constitutional Right Landmark Case
implications: Right to livelihood Olga Tellis v. Bombay Municipal
 Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, Corporation (1985)
2016 – The Act mandates equality and Right to clean environment Subhash Kumar v. State of
non-discrimination, requiring reasonable Bihar (1991)
accommodations to ensure access. The Court Right to education (prior to Mohini Jain v. State of
found that inaccessible e-KYC processes Article 21A) Karnataka (1992)
violated these provisions. Right to privacy Justice K.S. Puttaswamy v.
 Substantive Equality – The principle of Union of India (2017)
substantive equality demands that digital Right to die with dignity Common Cause v. Union of
transformation be inclusive and equitable, India (2018)
catering to the varied needs of all citizens.
 Precedents – This judgment builds on previous ˆˆ Government Initiatives to Improve Digital
Supreme Court decisions such as: Access
  Rajive Raturi v. Union of India (2017)  Digital India Mission (July 2015)
– Recognized accessibility of public
 Launched with the vision to transform India into
infrastructure as part of Article 21.
  Vikash Kumar v. UPSC (2021) – Mandated a digitally empowered society and knowledge
reasonable accommodations for persons economy.
 Focuses on expanding internet access,
with disabilities.
enhancing digital governance, and improving
ˆˆ Other Key Judgements Related to Digital digital literacy.
Empowerment?  Key components include e-Kranti for
 In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India (1978), the e-governance, National Optical Fiber Network,
Supreme Court held that any procedure restricting and universal access to mobile connectivity.

June, 2025 (9) CURRENT DRISHTI

 BharatNet and PMGDISHA  Operates under the Rights of Persons with
 BharatNet: Aims to connect rural areas with high- Disabilities Act, 2016, ensuring accessible
speed broadband, facilitating e-governance, websites, mobile applications, and online
telemedicine, and online education. services for differently-abled individuals.
 PMGDISHA (Pradhan Mantri Gramin Digital The Supreme Court’s judgment by recognizing
Saksharta Abhiyan): Focuses on digital digital connectivity as intrinsic to the right to life,
literacy for 6 crore rural citizens, particularly the Court has paved the way for more inclusive,
marginalized communities. equitable, and accessible digital governance.
 Accessible India Campaign (Sugamya This decision is a significant step toward bridging
Bharat Abhiyan) (December, 2015) the digital divide and ensuring that technology
 Promotes inclusive infrastructure for persons serves as a tool of empowerment rather than
with disabilities, particularly in digital services. exclusion.

Two Genome-Edited Rice Varieties Introduced

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l About the Rice Varieties l Benefits of the New Varieties l Concerns and Criticism l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context Retains the grain and cooking quality of

 
 On May 4, 2025 the Union Minister of Agriculture Samba Mahsuri
and Farmers’ Welfare introduced two genome-  Recommended Zones: Andhra Pradesh,
edited rice varieties: DRR Rice 100 (Kamala) Telangana, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Puducherry,
and Pusa DST Rice 1. Kerala (Zone VII), Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra,
 These varieties were developed with the Madhya Pradesh (Zone V), Odisha, Jharkhand,
objectives of increased production, enhanced Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal (Zone III).
drought tolerance, and improved salinity  Pusa DST Rice 1
resistance.  Developed by: ICAR-Indian Agricultural
ˆˆ About the Rice Varieties Research Institute (ICAR-IARI), New Delhi
 Parent Variety: MTU1010
 DRR Dhan 100 (Kamala)
 Gene Targeted: Drought and Salt Tolerance
 Developed by: ICAR-Indian Institute of Rice (DST) gene
Research (ICAR-IIRR), Hyderabad  Technology Used: SDN1 genome editing
 Parent Variety: Samba Mahsuri (BPT 5204)  Key Traits:
 Gene Targeted: Cytokinin Oxidase 2 (CKX2 or   Drought and salinity tolerance
Gn1a)   Enhanced yield under stress conditions:
 Technology Used: Site Directed Nuclease 1   Inland salinity: 3,508 kg/ha (9.66% higher
(SDN1) genome editing than MTU1010)
  SDN1 uses DNA-cutting enzymes   Alkaline soils: 3,731 kg/ha (14.66%
(nucleases) to create a targeted break in higher)
the DNA at a specific location.   Coastal salinity: 2,493 kg/ha (30.4%
 Key Traits: higher)
  Early maturity (~130 days; 20 days earlier   Contains no foreign DNA, comparable to
than parent) conventional varieties
  Drought tolerance  Recommended Zones: Same as Kamala –
  High nitrogen-use efficiency major rice-growing states across India
 Superior yield: ˆˆ Benefits of the New Varieties
  5.37 tonnes/ha (vs. 4.5 t/ha for parent)  The new rice varieties offer a 19% increase
– 19% increase in overall yield, contributing significantly to
  Up to 9 t/ha under optimal conditions enhanced food production.

CURRENT DRISHTI (10) June, 2025

 These varieties enable a 20% reduction ˆˆ Concerns and Criticism
in greenhouse gas emissions, supporting  Despite the government’s assurance of no
environmentally sustainable farming foreign DNA, concerns persist:
practices. Precision Issues: Genome-editing with
 
 Water conservation is a major benefit, with a CRISPR-Cas is not fully optimized, leading
saving of 7,500 million cubic meters of irrigation to unintended mutations.
water, optimizing resource usage. According to Soma Marla, former
 
 The varieties demonstrate enhanced tolerance principal scientist at ICAR-NBPGR, the
to drought, salinity, and climate stresses, concentration of the CRISPR-Cas enzyme
improving resilience against adverse weather is not standardized globally, leading to
conditions. vague dosages.
Unintended consequences may arise
 
 DRR Rice 100 (Kamala)
as enzymes may remain active in
 It matures 20 days earlier, completing its the genome, affecting other areas
growth cycle in 130 days, resulting in savings of unintentionally.
both water and fertilizers. The SDN-1 technique, used in these
 
 The shorter growth duration reduces methane varieties, may cause new gene sequences
emissions, making it a climate-friendly option. and mutant proteins with unknown impacts.
 It produces more grains per panicle, boosting
overall productivity. ˆˆ Conclusion
 The introduction of DRR Rice 100 (Kamala)
 Pusa DST Rice 1 and Pusa DST Rice 1 represents a significant
 It displays a 9.66% to 30.4% yield increase in stride towards sustainable agriculture.
saline and alkaline soils, enhancing growth in  While these varieties promise higher yield,
challenging conditions. reduced emissions, and better climate resilience,
 The variety has the potential to increase valid biosafety concerns and the risk to seed
production by 20%, ensuring better returns for sovereignty need to be addressed to ensure
farmers. balanced progress in agricultural innovation.

Caste Enumeration in Upcoming Census

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Historical Context of Caste Data l About Census of India l Constitutional Basis for the Decision
l Significance of Caste Enumeration l Concerns Related to Caste Enumeration l Ways to Improve

ˆˆ Recent Context Scheduled Tribes (STs). However, caste data

Recently on April 30, 2025, the Cabinet for Other Backward Classes (OBCs) has been
Committee on Political Affairs (CCPA), chaired mostly absent.
by Prime Minister of India, has decided to include  The lack of detailed caste data has led to
caste enumeration in the upcoming Census exercise, uncertain estimates of the OBC population in India.
marking a significant shift in India’s approach to   The Mandal Commission (1979) estimat-
demographic data collection. ed the OBC population at 52%.
ˆˆ Historical Context of Caste Data  In 2011, the Socio-Economic Caste Census
 The last comprehensive caste data collection (SECC) aimed to collect comprehensive caste
in India was conducted during the 1931 data for better welfare targeting. However, much
Census. of its caste-specific data remains unpublished,
 Although caste information was also collected limiting its impact on policy formulation.
in the 1941 Census, it was not published due to ˆˆ About Census of India
the impact of World War II.  The first synchronised Census of India was
 Since 1951, India’s Census has consistently conducted in 1881 under the leadership of W.C.
included data on Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Plowden, the Census Commissioner of India.

June, 2025 (11) CURRENT DRISHTI

  The Census is currently managed by the Ministry of a group must be based on proper assessment
of Home Affairs through the Registrar General and objective evaluation.
and Census Commissioner of India. ˆˆ Concerns Related to Caste Enumeration
 The Census of India Act, 1948 provides the legal  Potential for Political Exploitation: Critics
framework for conducting the Census.
argue that caste enumeration may be
 While the Census follows a decennial (10-year)
manipulated for political gains, influencing
pattern, this schedule is a convention and not a
electoral strategies.
constitutional mandate.
  There are concerns that state-level caste
ˆˆ Constitutional Basis for the Decision surveys have lacked transparency and
 According to Article 246 of the Constitution may have been conducted with political
of India, the Census is classified as a Union motivations.
Subject, listed under the Union List in the  Risk of Deepening Social Divisions: Some
Seventh Schedule. fear that caste enumeration might reinforce
  This classification ensures that caste caste identities, leading to fragmentation
enumeration conducted as part of the main instead of inclusivity.
Census follows a uniform and transparent   The ongoing debate over caste-based
framework across the country. reservations could escalate, resulting in
 The Census Act, 1948 provides the legal social tensions.
framework for conducting population censuses  Challenges in Implementation: Ensuring
in India. accurate data collection without manipulation
  It outlines the procedures, duties, and pen- or misrepresentation remains a significant
alties associated with census operations. challenge.
ˆˆ Significance of Caste Enumeration   The methodology for caste classification
 Digital Census: The upcoming Census must be transparent and scientifically
will be conducted in digital mode, allowing validated to ensure reliability.
respondents to fill out the questionnaire via a ˆˆ Ways to Improve
mobile application.  Scientific Categorisation: Establish a
  A new column for caste enumeration consensus on standardized classification of
will be introduced, featuring a drop-down castes and sub-castes to avoid discrepancies.
code directory for simplified selection.  Transparent Methodology: Implement the
 Data-Driven Policy Making: Comprehensive use of digital tools and employ trained
caste data will enable evidence-based enumerators to enhance the accuracy and
governance and ensure fair representation in security of caste data collection.
education, employment, and welfare programs.  Safeguard Against Misuse: Ensure data
  It will help refine reservation policies and privacy and restrict the usage of caste data
ensure effective targeting. strictly for policy formulation and welfare
  The data will also support the implementation schemes.
of the 33% reservation for women in  Post-Census Action Plan: Publish the caste
Parliament and State Assemblies. census findings in a transparent manner.
 Addressing Socio-Economic Disparities:   Engage in stakeholder consultations
Caste-based data will provide insights into to discuss implications and integrate the
economic inequalities among various caste findings into policy design effectively.
groups, aiding in the formulation of targeted  Constitutional Validation: Any quota
development programs. revision or sub-categorisation based on
 Judicial Demand: The Indra Sawhney case the caste census must undergo judicial
judgment by the Supreme Court mandates that and parliamentary scrutiny to maintain
any state’s conclusion on the “backwardness” constitutional integrity.

CURRENT DRISHTI (12) June, 2025

 10 years of Jan Suraksha Schemes
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY) l Pradhan Mantri Suraksha
Bima Yojana (PMSBY) l Atal Pension Yojana (APY)

ˆˆ Recent Context debit, are entitled to join the scheme.

Recently on May 9, 2025 the three Jansuraksha  Premium: Rs.436/- per annum per member.
schemes have completed 10 years of providing  Benefits: Rs.2 lakh is payable on subscriber’s
social security cover. death due to any cause. Lien period of 30 days
The three schemes - Pradhan Mantri Jeevan shall be applicable from the date of enrollment.
Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), Pradhan Mantri  Achievements: As on April 23, 2025, the
Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY) and Atal Pension cumulative enrollments under PMJJBY have
Yojana (APY) were launched by Prime Minister been more than 23.63 crore and an amount of
Narendra Modi on May 9, 2015. Rs. 18,397.92 crore has been paid for 9,19,896
claims.
ˆˆ Key Highlights
  As on April 23, 2025, the scheme has
 All three schemes were envisioned to extend
recorded 10.66 crore female enrollments
affordable financial protection to all, particularly
and 7.08 crore enrollments from PMJDY
the underserved and vulnerable sections of
account holders.
society.
 These flagship schemes aim to broaden the ˆˆ Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana
insurance and pension landscape by shielding (PMSBY)
citizens against life’s uncertainties and fostering  Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY)
long-term financial resilience. is structured to provide accidental death and
 The good thing is that, over 23.6 crore, 51 crore disability cover for death or disability on account
and 7.6 crore enrollments have been done of an accident, up to Rs 2 Lakhs to persons aged
under PMJJBY, PMSBY & APY respectively till between 18-70 years, at a minimal premium of
April 2025. less than Rs. 2/- per month.
ˆˆ Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana  Key feature of the scheme
(PMJJBY)  PMSBY is a one-year cover, renewable from
 Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana year to year.
(PMJJBY) is designed to provide Life Insurance  Participating banks / Post office will be free
cover for death due to any reason at premium of to engage any such insurance company for
less than Rs. 2/- per day. implementing the scheme for their subscribers.
 Key feature of the scheme  Eligibility Conditions: All Individual bank/ Post
office account holders of the participating banks/
 PMJJBY is a one-year cover, renewable from
Post office in the age group of 18 to 70 years,
year to year.
who give their consent to join / enable auto-
 The scheme is offered / administered through
debit, are entitled to join the scheme.
LIC and other Life Insurance companies willing
 Benefits: As per the following table:
to offer the product on similar terms with
necessary approvals and tie ups with Banks / Sum In-
Table of Benefits
Post office for this purpose. sured

 Participating banks/ Post office are free to a Death Rs. 2 Lakh

engage any such life insurance company for b Total and irrecoverable loss of both eyes
implementing the scheme for their subscribers. or loss of use of both hands or feet or loss
Rs. 2 Lakh
 Eligibility Conditions: All Individual bank/ Post of sight of one eye and loss of use of hand
office account holders of the participating banks/ or foot
Post office in the age group of 18 to 50 years, c Total and irrecoverable loss of sight of Rs. 1 Lakh
who give their consent to join / enable auto- one eye or loss of use of one hand or foot

June, 2025 (13) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Achievements: As on April 23, 2025, the  APY is administered by Pension Fund Regula-
cumulative enrollments under PMSBY have tory and Development Authority (PFRDA) under
been more than 51.06 crore and an amount of the overall administrative and institutional archi-
Rs. 3,121.02 crore has been paid for 1,57,155 tecture of the National Pension System (NPS).
claims.  Eligibility: APY is open to all bank account
  As on April 23, 2025, the scheme has holders in the age group of 18 to 40 years who
recorded 23.87 crore female enrollments are not income tax payers and the contributions
and 17.12 crore enrollments from PMJDY differ, based on pension amount chosen.
account holder.  Benefits: Subscribers would receive the
guaranteed minimum monthly pension of Rs.
ˆˆ Atal Pension Yojana (APY) 1000 or Rs. 2000 or Rs. 3000 or Rs. 4000 or
 The Atal Pension Yojana (APY) was launched Rs. 5000 after the age of 60 years, based on
to create a universal social security system the contributions made by the subscriber after
for all Indians, especially the poor, the under- joining the scheme.
privileged and the workers in the unorganised  Achievements: As on April 23, 2025, more than
sector. 7.66 crore individuals have subscribed to the
 It is an initiative of the Government to provide scheme.
financial security and cover future exigencies for   Females constitute around 47% of total
the people in the unorganised sector. subscribers enrolled under Scheme.

Bhagavad Gita and Natyashastra Added to

UNESCO’s Memory of the World Register
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l About the Bhagavad Gita l About the Natyashastra l About the Memory of the
World Register l India’s Contributions to UNESCO’s Memory of the World Register

ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ About the Bhagavad Gita

On April 17, 2025, the manuscripts of the  The Bhagavad Gita is a sacred philosophical
Bhagavad Gita and Bharata’s Natyashastra were dialogue embedded in the Bhismaparva
added to the prestigious UNESCO Memory of the (Chapters 23–40) of the Indian epic
World Register, marking a major global recognition Mahabharata.
of India’s rich cultural and intellectual legacy.  Comprising 700 verses in 18 chapters, it is
 They were among 74 new documentary heritage set on the battlefield of Kurukshetra, featuring a
collections selected this year. conversation between Lord Krishna and Arjuna.
 Prime Minister Narendra Modi hailed the  The Gita aims to relieve Arjuna of his inner
inclusion as a proud moment for all Indians. conflict and despondency through spiritual
ˆˆ Key Highlights wisdom and duty-bound action.
 With these additions, the total number of  It represents a synthesis of multiple Indian
entries in the Memory of the World Register has philosophical traditions including Vedic,
now reached 570. Buddhist, Jain, and Charvaka thought.
 Other notable entries in this cycle include:  The text has enjoyed global readership
  Mahavamsa – the historical chronicle of Sri for centuries and has been translated into
Lanka. numerous languages for its universal spiritual
  Drawings by Sakubei Yamamoto from and ethical insights.
Japan’s Meiji era.
  Over 11,000 Shaiva Siddhanta manuscripts. ˆˆ About the Natyashastra
  430 hours of Frankfurt Auschwitz trial  The Natyashastra, attributed to sage Bharat
recordings (1963–65). Muni, is an ancient treatise on performing
  Video footage of Sheikh Mujibur Rahman’s arts, believed to have been compiled around
iconic speech on March 7, 1971. the 2nd century B.C.

CURRENT DRISHTI (14) June, 2025

 The manuscript is preserved at the Bhandarkar  It seeks to prevent “collective amnesia” by
Oriental Research Institute in India. ensuring the preservation and wide accessibility
 Known as the Natyaveda or Gandharvaveda, of the world’s documentary heritage.
the text contains 36,000 verses detailing the  These are chosen for their enduring influence
philosophy and practice of Indian theatre, on human history, culture, and civilization
dance, music, and aesthetics. across generations.
 It elaborates on crucial artistic elements like  A maximum of two submissions per country are
natya (drama), abhinaya (expression), rasa considered for inclusion in any given year.
(aesthetic flavour), bhava (emotion), and sangita  The number of new additions ranges from 9 (in
(music). 1999) to 78 (in 2017).
 A timeless insight from the Natyashastra is:
ˆˆ India’s Contributions to UNESCO’s Memory
“No meaning can blossom forth without
of the World Register
rasa”, highlighting the enduring importance of
 India has made 13 submissions to the Register,
aesthetic experience in all forms of art.
including two joint entries with other nations.
 The text continues to influence performing
 India’s entries span ancient scriptures, philosophical
arts, literature, and artistic theory around the
works, and modern political archives:
world.
  Rig Veda (added in 2005)
ˆˆ About the Memory of the World Register   Works of Shaivite philosopher Abhinavagupta
 It was launched in 1992. (added in 2023)
 The Register has been updated biennially since   Archives of the first Non-Aligned Movement
1997, with exceptions between 2017 and 2023. (NAM) summit, Belgrade, 1961 (added in
 UNESCO’s Memory of the World Register aims 2023)
to preserve and promote valuable historical   Archives of the Dutch East India Company
documents and manuscripts of global importance. (added in 2003)

Biological Diversity (Access and Benefit Sharing)

Regulation, 2025
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l Backgrounder l Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) l What is Access and
Benefit Sharing (ABS)?

ˆˆ Recent Context resources, closing earlier loopholes where only

The National Biodiversity Authority (NBA) has physical materials were covered.
notified the Biological Diversity (Access to Biological   It aligns with the outcomes from COP16 of
Resources and Knowledge Associated thereto and the Convention on Biological Diversity
Fair and Equitable Sharing of Benefits) Regulation, in Cali, Colombia.
2025. Annual Turnover Benefit Sharing Rate
 The rules are notified to streamline and regulate (% of gross ex-factory sale
benefit sharing from the use of biological price)
resources and associated knowledge. Up to `5 crore Exempt
ˆˆ Key Highlights `5 crore – `50 crore 0.2%
 Turnover-Linked Benefit Sharing Framework:
`50 crore – `250 crore 0.4%
All users with annual turnover above `1 crore
must submit an annual disclosure detailing the Above `250 crore 0.6%

biological resources accessed. The benefit-  Cultivated medicinal plants are exempted,
sharing rates are as follows: provided they are notified by the Ministry of
 Inclusion of Digital Sequence Information Environment in consultation with the AYUSH
(DSI): DSI now considered part of genetic Ministry.

June, 2025 (15) CURRENT DRISHTI

 High-Value Resources: For resources of high  Key objectives:
conservation/economic value (red sanders,   Conservation of biological diversity.
sandalwood, agarwood and threatened species),   Sustainable use of biodiversity components.
minimum 5% of proceeds from auction/sale   Fair sharing of benefits from genetic
must be shared. resources.
  This can go up to 20% in case of commercial  It is governed by the Conference of the Parties
exploitation. (COP), meeting biennially.
 Intellectual Property Rights (IPR): Applicants  COP16 (2024) in Colombia established
for IPR involving biodiversity must disclose the a multilateral benefit-sharing mechanism
use of biological resources and share benefits for Digital Sequence Information (DSI).
accordingly.  It ensures fair reward for communities pro-
 Distribution of Benefits: 10–15% retained by tecting biodiversity when their knowledge or
the National Biodiversity Authority. genetic data is used commercially.
  Remaining benefits directed to local
communities and claimants through ˆˆ What is Access and Benefit Sharing (ABS)?
 ABS refers to the way in which genetic
Biodiversity Management Committees
resources may be accessed, and how the benefits
(BMCs).
that result from their use are shared between the
Backgrounder people/countries using the resources (users) and
those that provide them (providers).
ˆˆ Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)  Framework: Covered under the Convention on
 CBD was adopted at the 1992 Rio Earth Summit; Biological Diversity (CBD).
it came into force since 29 December 1993 with   Bonn Guidelines and Nagoya Protocol
secretariat in Montreal, Canada. (2010) deal with the ABS.
 It is ratified by 196 countries, excluding the   Multilateral Mechanism for the use of
US. DSI adopted at CBD COP16 (2024).

Indore: India’s First Beggar-Free City

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Backgrounder l About SMILE scheme l In-Depth Analysis l Begging as
a Problem in Indian Society l Challenges

ˆˆ Recent Context in the city, and so far three FIRs have been
Recently in May 2025, Indore has become the registered for violations.
country’s first beggar-free city. There were about   A reward of Rs 1,000 is given to anyone
5,000 beggars on the city streets a year ago before providing information about begging, and
the administration launched a campaign. many people have claimed the reward so far.
ˆˆ Key Highlights Backgrounder
 Indore, Madhya Pradesh, has been declared
India’s first beggar-free city under the Ministry ˆˆ About SMILE scheme
of Social Justice and Empowerment’s  The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment
“Bhiksha Vriti Mukta Bharat” (Begging-Free has launched an umbrella scheme “SMILE
India) initiative. - Support for Marginalized Individuals for
 This milestone, also recognized by the World Livelihood and Enterprise” on February 12,
Bank, is the result of sustained rehabilitation 2022, which includes two sub-schemes –
efforts carried out under the sub-scheme   ‘Central Sector Scheme for Comprehensive
“Comprehensive Rehabilitation of Persons Rehabilitation for Welfare of Transgender
Engaged in the Act of Begging,” which falls Persons’
under the SMILE scheme.   ‘Central Sector Scheme for Comprehensive
 Begging as well as giving money to beggars or Rehabilitation of persons engaged in the
buying anything from them has been banned act of Begging’.

CURRENT DRISHTI (16) June, 2025

 This umbrella scheme covers several  Legal Provisions and Issues
comprehensive measures including welfare  Bombay Prevention of Begging Act, 1959:
measures for both transgender persons Criminalizes begging in many states
and persons who are engaged in the act of  Delhi High Court (2018): Decriminalized
begging with focus extensively on rehabilitation, begging in Delhi, citing Article 21 (Right to Life
provision of medical facilities, counseling, with Dignity)
education, skill development, economic linkages  Absence of a uniform national policy on begging
etc. and rehabilitation
In-Depth Analysis  Government and NGO Initiatives
ˆˆ Begging as a Problem in Indian Society  Rehabilitation homes and shelters
 Begging remains a persistent socio-economic  Skill development and employment programs
issue in India, reflecting deep-rooted problems  Limited reach and inconsistent implementation
like poverty, unemployment, lack of education,
ˆˆ Challenges
mental illness, and social exclusion.
 Lack of data on homeless and beggars
 According to the 2011 Census, India had over
 Insufficient budgetary allocation
4 lakh (4,13,670) beggars, with West Bengal
 Social stigma and marginalization
(81,244) and Uttar Pradesh (65,835) accounting
 Involvement of criminal networks in organized
for the highest numbers. begging
 Categories of Beggars
ˆˆ Conclusion
 Elderly and destitute individuals Begging in India is a manifestation of socio-
 Women and children economic deprivation. It requires a holistic,
 Persons with disabilities compassionate, and policy-driven approach focused
 Victims of human trafficking and forced begging, on rehabilitation, social security, education, and
especially children empowerment rather than criminalization.

SAHAJOG Initiative
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l The pilot phase of Initiative l The first phase of Initiative l In-Depth Analysis
l Extent of Urban Poverty in India l Causes of Urban Poverty l Government Initiatives to Address Urban Poverty
l Way Forward

ˆˆ Recent Context in urban areas and ensure they benefit from a

Recently the Odisha government on May 1, 2025 range of social welfare measures.
rolled out SAHAJOG, a pioneering initiative designed  The State government has positioned
to facilitate access to government welfare schemes SAHAJOG as part of its broader developmental
for the urban poor. goals, aligning it with the “Viksit Odisha” and
“Viksit Bharat” missions to accelerate inclusive
ˆˆ Key Highlights growth and social welfare across urban sectors.
 Inaugurated by Krushna Chandra Mahapatra,
ˆˆ The pilot phase of Initiative
the State Minister for Housing and Urban
 The initiative has been scaled up following the
Development, SAHAJOG seeks to bridge the
success of a pilot project that was conducted in
gap between urban poverty and available state six ULBs, covering 5,000 households.
assistance through a multi-pronged approach.  The pilot phase was instrumental in identifying
  These include mass awareness campaigns, crucial gaps and refining strategies to reach
doorstep delivery of services, and the most vulnerable sections of the population
enhanced implementation mechanisms effectively.
at both the Urban Local Body (ULB) and  In its initial rollout, SAHAJOG will focus on 14
district levels. key welfare schemes, including the Pradhan
 The scheme aims to identify eligible beneficiaries Mantri Awas Yojana (Urban), the provision of

June, 2025 (17) CURRENT DRISHTI

 ration cards under the National Food Security in overcrowding of cities without adequate
Act, pipe water supply, issuance of Ayushman infrastructure and job creation.
Cards, identification of persons with disabilities, 2. Informal Employment: A majority of urban poor
and the Subhadra Yojana, among others. work in the informal sector without job security,
social protection, or fair wages.
ˆˆ The first phase of Initiative
3. Lack of Affordable Housing: Escalating real
 The first phase of the project will be implemented
estate prices and inadequate low-cost housing
in 44 ULBs across eight districts, benefiting
push the poor into slums and unauthorized
an estimated 15 lakh residents.
colonies.
  These districts—Khordha, Cuttack,
4. Inequitable Urban Planning: Urban policies
Ganjam, Sundargarh, Sambalpur,
often prioritize commercial and elite interests,
Keonjhar, Mayurbhanj, and Bhadrak—
marginalizing the needs of the poor.
have been selected due to their relatively 5. Poor Access to Basic Services: Inadequate
higher urban poor populations. sanitation, healthcare, education, and
 Over time, the initiative is expected to be transportation facilities deepen the cycle of
expanded to all ULBs across the State. poverty.
 The initiative will follow a fast-track, campaign-
mode approach during its first two months.
ˆˆ Government Initiatives to Address Urban
Poverty
Community volunteers and frontline workers will
1. National Urban Livelihoods Mission
receive performance-based incentives, ensuring
(NULM): Aims to reduce poverty through skill
their active involvement in the execution.
development, entrepreneurship support, and
 At the operational level, interdepartmental
improved access to credit.
committees have been established at both State
2. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana - Urban
and district levels to ensure smooth coordination
(PMAY-U): Provides affordable housing for
and efficient execution.
economically weaker sections.
 The district committees will be chaired by the 3. Smart Cities Mission and AMRUT: Aimed at
respective District Collectors. urban infrastructure improvement, indirectly
In-Depth Analysis benefiting the urban poor.
4. Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood
ˆˆ Extent of Urban Poverty in India
and Regulation of Street Vending) Act, 2014:
 According to the Tendulkar Committee (2009)
Legal protection to street vendors to ensure
methodology, poverty is measured based on
livelihood security.
expenditure required to meet a minimum calorie
5. One Nation One Ration Card (ONORC):
intake and non-food requirements.
Ensures food security to migrants in urban
 As per the Census 2011, about 31% of India’s
areas.
population resided in urban areas, which is
projected to rise to 40% by 2030. ˆˆ Way Forward
 According to NITI Aayog’s Multidimensional  Integrated Urban Planning: Focus on inclusive
Poverty Index (2021), approximately 8.81% urban governance with a rights-based approach.
 Strengthening Urban Local Bodies (ULBs):
of the urban population in India is multi-
Empowering municipalities with financial and
dimensionally poor.
administrative autonomy.
 Urban slums house nearly 17.4% of urban
 Skill Development and Employment
households (Census 2011), highlighting the
Generation: Tailored programs for the urban
scale of substandard living conditions.
poor to enhance employability in the formal
 According to the Tendulkar Committee (2009)
sector.
methodology, poverty is measured based on
 Affordable Housing and Infrastructure:
expenditure required to meet a minimum calorie
Expanding rental housing and improving access
intake and non-food requirements.
to water, sanitation, and healthcare.
ˆˆ Causes of Urban Poverty  Data-Driven Policy Making: Robust
1. Rural-Urban Migration: Migration from rural mechanisms for tracking urban poverty and
areas in search of better livelihoods often results migrant data.

CURRENT DRISHTI (18) June, 2025

 WAVES Summit 2025
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of the Events l About the WAVES Summit l Orange Economy l Key Facts About
the Orange Economy l Sectors Within the Orange Economy l India’s Potential in the Orange Economy l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context  The primary aim is to position India as a global

On May 1, 2025, Prime Minister Narendra Modi hub for IP creation, media innovation, and
inaugurated the WAVES 2025 Summit in Mumbai. cultural exchange.
 The event underscored India’s growing  WAVES also strengthens India’s soft power by
prominence in the ‘Orange Economy’ (or projecting its rich cultural heritage and creative
Creator Economy). capabilities on the international stage.
 WAVES 2025 focused on diverse sectors
ˆˆ Orange Economy
including:
 The Orange Economy, also known as the
  Films, TV, Radio, and Broadcasting
  Animation, Gaming, and Comics Creative Economy, encompasses economic
  Advertising and Digital Media Platforms activities rooted in creativity, culture, and
  Emerging Technologies like Generative AI, intellectual property.
AR/VR/XR  It includes sectors such as arts, media, design,
fashion, software, and entertainment, where
ˆˆ Key Highlights of the Events value is derived from human creativity and
 Launch of WAVES Bazaar innovation.
 WAVES Bazaar was introduced as a global  The term was popularized by Colombian
e-marketplace for Indian content creators. economists Felipe Buitrago and Iván Duque in
 It aims to connect Indian talent with international their book The Orange Economy: An Infinite
markets. Opportunity.
 Key features include: ˆˆ Key Facts About the Orange Economy
  Project Pitching: Easier access to global  Global Contribution: According to UNESCO,
opportunities. the Orange Economy accounts for approximately
  Funding Access: Enhanced funding 3% of the global GDP and generates around 30
pathways for creators. million jobs worldwide.
  Global Collaboration: Promotes cross-  Economic Impact: The creative industries
border creative projects. generate significant revenue; for instance, a
 Funds for the Creator Economy 2015 analysis by Ernst & Young estimated that
 Ahead of the Summit, the Indian Government cultural and creative industries generated $2.25
announced a $1 billion fund to accelerate the trillion in revenue and supported 29.5 million
creator economy. jobs globally in 2013.
 This initiative is part of India’s vision to boost  India’s Role: India has emerged as a significant
creative industries and nurture intellectual player in the Orange Economy, with a burgeoning
property (IP) development. creator community and a growing market for
digital content.
ˆˆ About the WAVES Summit
  The country’s creative industry is valued at
 WAVES (World Audio Visual & Entertainment
$30 billion and employs nearly 8% of the
Summit) is a global event organized by the
working population.
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.
 It serves as a platform to promote innovation, ˆˆ Sectors Within the Orange Economy
regulation, and investment in the media and  Traditional Cultural Expressions: Visual arts,
entertainment sector. performing arts, crafts, and heritage sites.
 The tagline for WAVES 2025 is “Connecting  Media and Publishing: Books, newspapers,
Creators, Connecting Countries”. magazines, film, television, and radio.

June, 2025 (19) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Digital and Creative Services: Software billion, projected to reach $44.2 billion by 2028.
development, video games, animation, and  The creative economy employs around 8% of
digital advertising. India’s workforce, making it a critical contributor
 Design and Fashion: Architecture, interior to the economy.
design, fashion design, and jewelry.  New Institutions: The government sanctioned
 Gastronomy and Tourism: Culinary arts and Rs 391 crore for establishing the Indian
cultural tourism experiences. Institute of Creative Technology (IICT).
ˆˆ India’s Potential in the Orange Economy ˆˆ Conclusion
 Rising Global Consumption: Indian films, web  India’s artistic legacy dates back 2,000 years,
series, and music are now widely consumed with texts like Bharata Muni’s Natya Shastra
with subtitles across the world. still inspiring new content creators.
 Policy Support: The government is actively  Icons like Raj Kapoor, Satyajit Ray, A.R.
supporting the creative sector through IP Rahman, and S.S. Rajamouli have elevated
reforms, anti-piracy initiatives, and global India’s stature globally.
partnerships.  Events like WAVES 2025 export Indian values,
 Economic Contribution: The Indian media narratives, and artistic diversity to the world,
and entertainment sector is valued at $28 enhancing its soft power.

Key Initiatives for Senior Citizens

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Initiatives Launched l Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana (RVY)

ˆˆ Recent Context Vellore, Tamil Nadu, Anakapalli, Andhra

On May 2, 2025, President Droupadi Murmu Pradesh and Nainital, Uttarakhand.
launched several initiatives for the welfare of senior   These homes are aligned with the
citizens at the ‘Ageing with Dignity’ event held at Maintenance and Welfare of Parents
Rashtrapati Bhavan Cultural Centre, organized and Senior Citizens (MWPSC) Act.
by the Union Ministry of Social Justice and   Designed to provide safe, nurturing, and
Empowerment. dignified living environments for senior
citizens.
ˆˆ Key Initiatives Launched
 MoU with Brahma Kumaris
 The event included the launch of a Senior
  Reaffirmed a collective commitment
Citizen Welfare Portal, virtual inauguration of
to inter-generational bonding and
Senior Citizen Homes, and distribution of Aids wellbeing of senior citizens.
and Assistive Devices.   Focus on mental health, mindfulness, and
 A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) was spiritual enrichment for both younger and
signed between the Department of Social older generations.
Justice and Empowerment and the Brahma  Distribution of Aids and Assistive Devices
Kumaris organization.   Under the Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana
 Senior Citizen Welfare Portal (RVY), the President distributed assistive
  A comprehensive digital platform aimed at devices to eligible senior citizens.
empowering elderly citizens.   Reinforced the government’s focus on
  Offers seamless access to government health and mobility needs of the elderly.
schemes, healthcare benefits, welfare
ˆˆ Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana (RVY)
services, and updates.
 The Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana (RVY) was launched
 Virtual Inauguration of Senior Citizen Homes on April 1, 2017.
  The President virtually inaugurated five  It is a Central Sector Scheme for providing Physical
new Senior Citizen Homes in: Tawang, Aids and Assisted-living Devices for Senior citizens
Arunachal Pradesh, Wokha, Nagaland, belonging to BPL category.

CURRENT DRISHTI (20) June, 2025

  The expenditure for implementation of the scheme The ‘Ageing with Dignity’ event marks a significant
will be met from the “Senior Citizens’ Welfare Fund”. step towards empowering senior citizens,
 It will be implemented through Artificial Limbs reaffirming the government’s resolve to provide a
Manufacturing Corporation (ALIMCO), a PSU under dignified, inclusive, and secure environment for
the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment. India’s elderly population.

First State AI-based real-time alert system:

Madhya Pradesh
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l AI-Based Real-Time Forest Alert System (RTFAS) l Role of Technology for
Sustainable Forest Management

ˆˆ Recent Context Submit survey data including images,

 
 Madhya Pradesh became the first state in GPS coordinates, and voice recordings.
India to implement an AI-based real-time alert Utilize geo-fencing and distance mea-
 
system for active forest management. surement features for precise location
 The announcement was made on April 29, 2025, tracking.
marking a significant step towards leveraging  The system empowers field officers with
technology for sustainable forest conservation. real-time data to take swift action against
unauthorized activities.
ˆˆ Key Highlights  It strengthens active forest management by
 The system is currently being implemented
providing instantaneous updates, reducing
as a pilot project across five sensitive response time, and enhancing on-ground
forest divisions: Shivpuri, Guna, Vidisha, decision-making.
Burhanpur and Khandwa.
 These areas have historically witnessed high ˆˆ AI-Based Real-Time Forest Alert System
incidents of encroachment and tree felling,
(RTFAS)
 RTFAS is a cloud-based AI system designed
making them ideal candidates for real-time
to combat deforestation by integrating satellite
monitoring.
technology, machine learning, and real-time
 The project is set to expand to the state level
monitoring.
after successful pilot implementation.
 It utilizes Google Earth Engine to analyze
 The alert system operates on a cloud-based AI
multi-temporal satellite data and detect land use
platform, integrating satellite images, mobile
changes through a custom AI model.
feedback, and machine learning.
 Key Features -
 It leverages Google Earth Engine to analyze
  Real-time deforestation alerts to forest
multi-temporal satellite data and identify authorities.
land use changes using a custom AI model.   Multi-layered satellite imagery analysis to
 Advanced indexes like NDVI, SAVI, EVI, and track illegal logging and encroachment.
SAR attributes are used for data enrichment,   AI-driven predictive analysis for early
enhancing the accuracy of land-use monitoring. detection of environmental threats.
 Every possible change in land use, such
ˆˆ Role of Technology for Sustainable Forest
as crop patterns, wasteland expansion,
Management
construction, or deforestation, triggers an
alert.  Forest Carbon Management
 Alerts are sent to field staff via a dedicated  High-resolution satellites like ISRO’s
mobile application for immediate verification ResourceSAT are used to monitor forest health
and action. and track deforestation rates.
 The mobile app enables forest officers to:  Hyperspectral imaging helps in assessing
  Confirm site changes through on-site carbon stock, biodiversity, and vegetation
visits. health.

June, 2025 (21) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Preventing Forest Fires  RFID Tags and Geofencing are used to alert
 AI Cameras & Thermal Sensors detect smoke officials when large animals like elephants or
and heat, triggering early fire alerts to mitigate tigers stray into human settlements.
damage.  Forest Restoration and Afforestation
 FireSat, a constellation of satellites, is entirely
 Green Bots are deployed during afforestation
dedicated to detecting and tracking wildfires
projects to track tree growth, soil health, and
across global regions.
environmental changes.
 Combating Encroachment
 Biodiversity Monitoring
 Satellite-based systems like RTFAS send
 Acoustic Sensors like Rainforest Connection
notifications to forest officers within 2-3 days
use AI to recognize sounds of birds and frogs,
when unauthorized activities such as illegal
helping track endangered species in dense
logging, farming, or construction are detected.
forest regions like the Amazon.
 Mitigating Human-Wildlife Conflict  Environmental DNA (eDNA) technology
 AI-Enabled Camera Traps & GPS Tracking analyzes water or soil samples to detect genetic
monitor animal movements near village borders traces of species such as fish and amphibians,
to reduce conflicts. aiding in monitoring invasive or rare aquatic life.
 PoacherCam, an advanced AI-enabled camera, These technologies collectively enhance
is equipped with a specialized human-detection sustainable forest management, promote biodiversity,
algorithm that can remotely notify anti-poaching prevent illegal activities, and strengthen the
teams of intruders. protection of natural ecosystems.

Northeast’s first geothermal Production Well

Successfully Drilled
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l About Geothermal Energy l Position of India

ˆˆ Recent Context  It is a clean and sustainable energy source that

Recently in a major stride for renewable energy can be used in various residential, commercial, and
in Northeast India, the Centre for Earth Sciences industrial applications.
and Himalayan Studies (CESHS) in May, 2025  Geothermal energy is generated by the heat of
successfully drilled the region’s first geothermal the Earth’s interior, which is continually produced
production well in Arunachal Pradesh’s Dirang through the decay of radioactive elements in the
which is situated in the West Kameng district. Earth’s core.

ˆˆ Key Highlights ˆˆ Position of India

 The first well has been successfully drilled and  India has undertaken several initiatives to
CESHS plans to expand operations with deeper harness geothermal energy. The Geological
drilling in future phases. Survey of India (GSI) has identified 381
 This initiative could make Dirang India’s first thermally anomalous sites across the country
geothermal-powered town. and published the “Geothermal Atlas of India”
 The geothermal energy project has been in 2022.
supported by the Arunachal Pradesh government  This report estimates that India has the potential
and the Ministry of Earth Sciences. to generate approximately 10,600 MW of
ˆˆ About Geothermal Energy geothermal energy.
 Geothermal energy is a form of renewable energy  This capacity — equivalent to powering over 10
that harnesses the Earth’s internal heat to generate million households — offers a distinct advantage
electricity or provide heating and cooling. over other renewables like solar and wind, as

CURRENT DRISHTI (22) June, 2025

 geothermal is a “base load” source capable of project was successfully established in the
supplying uninterrupted power around the clock, Manuguru region of Telangana, with a 20 kW
similar to coal or nuclear plants. pilot plant developed by Singareni Collieries
 Previously, the country’s first geothermal power Company Limited (SCCL).

National Zero Measles-Rubella Elimination

Campaign
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Campaign Activities l About the Measles l Signs and Symptoms l Complications
l Rubella (German Measles)
ˆˆ Recent Context 4. Linkages: Strengthen support and linkages
Union Minister of Health and Family Welfare, to achieve the above strategic objectives.
J.P. Nadda on April 24, 2025 virtually launched 5. Demand Generation for Vaccination: Fo-
the National Zero Measles-Rubella Elimination cused mass awareness campaigns to miti-
campaign 2025-26. gate the risks of non-vaccination and dispel
 It was launched on the first day of the World myths related to MR vaccine for addressing
Immunization Week (24-30 April), marking vaccine hesitancy and increasing cover-
a significant step towards India’s goal of age.
eliminating Measles and Rubella by 2026. ˆˆ Campaign Activities
ˆˆ Key Highlights  India received the M-R Champion Award (2024)
 Measles and Rubella are highly infectious viral from the M-R Partnership for its significant
diseases that can lead to serious illnesses, efforts in disease elimination.
lifelong complications, and even death.  Awareness programs – Intensive IEC
 Due to their high infection rate, India has set a (Information, Education, and Communication)
goal to eliminate these diseases by 2026. outreach campaign about vaccination in
 Under the Universal Immunization multilingual formats.
Programme (UIP), two doses of the Measles-  Data-based surveillance – By leveraging
Rubella (MR) vaccine are provided free of cost the data available from Integrated
to all eligible children, at 9-12 months and 16-24 Disease Surveillance Program (IDSP) and
months of age, respectively. the U-WIN digital platform.
 Currently, India’s MR vaccination coverage   The Integrated Disease Surveillance
stands at 93.7% for the first dose (2024-25 Program (IDSP) launched in 2004 with
HMIS data) and 92.2% for the second dose. World Bank assistance is a nationwide
 In 2024, India has recorded a remarkable decline disease surveillance system to detect and
of 73% in Measles cases and a 17% reduction monitor diseases, enabling timely policy
in Rubella cases in comparison with 2023. decisions.
 India’s plan for eliminating measles and rubella  Targeted vaccination – To reach out to remote
includes a comprehensive framework: and hard to reach areas, slums, migratory
1. Immunization: Achieve and maintain population, areas with frequent outbreaks.
high population immunity with > 95%   Achieve and maintain high population
vaccination coverage with 2 doses of immunity with at least 95% vaccination
measles and rubella containing vaccines in coverage with 2 doses of measles and
each district of the country. rubella containing vaccines in each district
2. Surveillance: Sustain a sensitive and of the country.
timely case-based surveillance system for  Under the Universal Immunization Programme
measles & rubella. (UIP), India runs world’s largest vaccination
3. Outbreaks: Ensure adequate prepared- programme for pregnant women and children –
ness and timely response to measles and reaching out to 2.9 crore pregnant women and
rubella outbreaks. 2.6 crore newborns annually.

June, 2025 (23) CURRENT DRISHTI

 This
  provides protection against 12  Transmission: Spreads through coughing,
vaccine preventable diseases (VPDs) such sneezing, or sharing contaminated objects.
as Polio, Measles, Rubella, Diphtheria,  Prevention: Two doses of the MMR vaccine
Tetanus, Rotavirus diarrhoea, Hepatitis B (measles, mumps, rubella) are recommended
among others. for children.
 Treatment: There is no specific treatment for
ˆˆ About the Measles measles, but supportive care can help manage
 Measles is one of the most contagious symptoms and prevent complications.
diseases ever known and is an important
cause of death and disability among young ˆˆ Rubella (German Measles)
 It was first described as distinct disease in
children worldwide.
German literature in 1814 (hence it is known
 The measles virus is a paramyxovirus of the
as “German measles”)
genus Morbillivirus.
 Rubella virus is the sole member of the genus
 It is a genome of single-stranded, negative-
Rubivirus, in the family Matonaviridae.
sense RNA, and is closely related to  It is an enveloped virus with a single-stranded
the rinderpest and canine distemper viruses. RNA of positive polarity and has a single
ˆˆ Signs and Symptoms antigenic type.
 Early flu-like symptoms (fever, cough, runny  The first rubella vaccines were licensed
nose, red eyes) lasting 4-7 days. in 1969. In 1971, a combined measles, mumps,
 Distinctive red rash appears 7-18 days after and rubella (MMR) vaccine was licensed for
exposure, starting on the face and spreading use in the United States.
 It is usually mild but dangerous for pregnant
ˆˆ Complications women.
 like pneumonia, encephalitis (brain swelling),  Infection in early pregnancy can cause
and death. Congenital Rubella Syndrome (CRS) in babies.
 Children under 5 and adults over 30 are most at  CRS leads to birth defects like heart problems,
risk. deafness, and blindness.

Union Government Inaugurated ‘Bharat Bodh Kendra’

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights

ˆˆ Recent Context cultural heritage.

Union Minister for Housing and Urban Affairs,  It offers a curated collection of books and
Manohar Lal, on May 11, 2025 inaugurated the materials on topics such as Indian philosophy,
‘Bharat Bodh Kendra’ at the India Habitat Centre art, music, spirituality, and history.
(IHC) in New Delhi.  The facility is open to members of the India
 The centre, housed within the Habitat Library Habitat Centre and provides a quiet, reflective
and Resource Centre, is designed to celebrate space for study and exploration.
and promote India’s civilizational knowledge,  Minister Manohar Lal praised IHC’s
cultural richness, and intellectual legacy. environmental initiatives and encouraged the
 It aims to serve as a resource for scholars,
institution to adopt and mentor other campuses
for sustainable development.
students, and citizens interested in exploring
 Senior dignitaries including Katikithala Srinivas
various facets of Indian heritage including
(Secretary, MoHUA & President of IHC) and
spirituality, philosophy, arts, and history.
Prof. K.G. Suresh (Director of IHC) were present
ˆˆ Key Highlights at the inauguration.
 The centre is part of IHC’s Habitat Library and  The centre reflects the government’s broader
Resource Centre and is aimed at promoting effort to preserve and disseminate India’s
understanding of India’s civilizational and knowledge traditions through modern platforms.

CURRENT DRISHTI (24) June, 2025

 Victims of Terrorism Associations Network (VoTAN)
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l In-Depth Analysis l Origins and Development of VoTAN l Objectives and Vision
of VoTAN l Strategic Importance of VoTAN in Global Counter-Terrorism

ˆˆ Recent Context  Role of the Group of Friends of Victims of

The United Nations Office of Counter-Terrorism Terrorism
(UNOCT) launched the Victims of Terrorism A coalition co-chaired by Spain and Iraq
 
Associations Network (VoTAN) on April 28, 2025, for nearly six years.
during a high-level event at the United Nations Advocates for victims’ rights at the global
 
Headquarters in New York. level, ensuring their stories are recognized
  The development of VoTAN was a major and respected.
outcome of the first United Nations Global  Financial and Strategic Support:
Congress of Victims of Terrorism, held in   Funded primarily by Spain, emphasizing
September 2022. the need for increased financial backing
ˆˆ Key Highlights and solidarity.
 Launch Date and Venue
  Acknowledges that victims’ psychological
VoTAN was launched on April 28, 2025, at
 
and physical needs often go underfunded.
the United Nations Headquarters, New ˆˆ Objectives and Vision of VoTAN
York. 1. Safe Spaces for Connection and Healing
Held in a hybrid format, accessible
    Create inclusive environments for victims
through UN WebTV in English, Spanish, to share experiences and support each
French, and Arabic. other.
Organized by the United Nations Office
    Enable peer-to-peer mentorship among
of Counter-Terrorism (UNOCT). individuals and communities impacted by
Financially supported by the Kingdom of
  terrorism.
Spain. 2. Building Resilience
Developed with the help of the Group
    Enhance the ability of victims and their
of Friends of Victims of Terrorism, co- communities to recover from terrorism’s
chaired by Spain and Iraq. long-term impacts.
  Support psychosocial rehabilitation as a
In-Depth Analysis critical component of resilience.
ˆˆ Origins and Development of VoTAN 3. Advocacy and Policy Influence
 Initiated at the first UN Global Congress of   Strengthen victim-led advocacy for legal
Victims of Terrorism (September 2022). and social reforms.
  A response to the global need for structured   Enhance victims’ engagement in UN
support and advocacy for terrorism policy and programming related to
victims. terrorism.

June, 2025 (25) CURRENT DRISHTI

4. Education and Awareness from passive recipients of aid to active agents of
  Conduct workshops and campaigns to change and peacebuilding.
raise awareness about terrorism’s impacts.  Global Inclusivity: The hybrid format and
  Empower victims to educate communities multilingual access make it a globally inclusive
on the social and psychological initiative.
consequences of terrorism.  Victim-Centric Approach: Prioritizes survivor-
5. Fostering Peace and Unity led advocacy, making victims not just
  Transform victims into peacebuilders, beneficiaries but contributors to policy and
using their stories to bridge divides. peace.
 Mental Health Focus: Highlights the long-term
  Engage survivors in global discourse to
mental health impacts of terrorism and the
promote tolerance and reconciliation.
need for sustained support.
ˆˆ Strategic Importance of VoTAN in Global  Policy Influence: Facilitates direct engagement
Counter-Terrorism with high-level decision-makers to shape
VoTAN represents a paradigm shift in addressing more victim-centered counter-terrorism
the needs of terrorism victims. It redefines their role policies.

World Press Freedom Index 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l In-Depth Analysis l Methodology l India’s Performance l Global Trends l Way
Forward l Reporters Without Borders (RSF): An Overview l Mission and Objectives

ˆˆ Recent Context global population lives in countries with

The World Press Freedom Index (WPFI), “very serious” press freedom situations.
published annually by Reporters Without Borders 5. Economic Impact on Media: The financial
(RSF) since 2002, evaluates the state of press vulnerability of media organizations is flagged
freedom in 180 countries. as a major threat, contributing to media capture
  I t serves as a global benchmark to by political or corporate interests.
measure the freedom and safety journalists In-Depth Analysis
experience and how much governmental or
non-governmental influence affects media. ˆˆ Press freedom: what is it?
 It is the capacity of journalists to choose, create,
  The 2025 Index marks significant
and distribute news in the public interest without
observations, with India rising to 151st
interference from social, political, economic, or
position from 159th in 2024.
legal forces, as well as without facing risks to their
ˆˆ Key Highlights physical or mental security.
1. India’s Ranking: India moved up 8 places
ˆˆ Methodology
to the 151st position in 2025. Despite the
 The index evaluates five key dimensions:
improvement, it remains in the “very serious”
  Political Context: Measures political
category for press freedom. influence on media operations and editorial
2. Global Leaders and Laggards: Norway (1st), independence.
Estonia (2nd), and the Netherlands (3rd) Legal Framework: Assesses protections
 
topped the index, while Eritrea (180th), North and legal threats to journalism.
Korea (179th), and China (178th) were at the Economic Context: Evaluates the
 
bottom. financial stability of media outlets and
3. Regional Comparisons: India is ahead of ownership concentration.
Pakistan (158th) but lags behind Nepal (90th), Sociocultural Context: Considers societal
 
the Maldives (104th), and Sri Lanka (139th) in attitudes and pressures on journalists.
South Asia. Safety of Journalists: Analyzes physical
 
4. Global Press Freedom Deterioration: The threats, violence, and impunity for crimes
2025 report notes that more than 56% of the against journalists.

CURRENT DRISHTI (26) June, 2025

ˆˆ India’s Performance ˆˆ Way Forward
 India’s jump to 151st position reflects slight  Legal Safeguards: Strengthen protections
improvements in journalistic freedom but still under Article 19(1)(a) of the Indian
highlights significant political and economic Constitution for press freedom.
challenges.  Independent Oversight: Establish independent
 Concentrated media ownership, corporate- media regulatory bodies to monitor press
political nexus, and threats to journalists remain freedom violations.
prevalent.  Economic Support: Facilitate economic
 Government criticism is often met with legal
stability for independent media through
action or harassment, impacting press
fair advertising policies and transparent
independence.
funding.
 For India, the slight rise in ranking in 2025
 Promote Media Pluralism: Limit media
provides mixed signals.
 On one hand, climbing to 151st place (from 159th) concentration and encourage regional and
could indicate some marginal improvements or community media to diversify perspectives.
at least a pause in the decline of press freedom.  Safety for Journalists: Improve the safety
 On the other hand, India’s categorization in the framework to prevent violence and harassment
“very serious” risk band underscores that against journalists.
the fundamental environment for journalism ˆˆ Reporters Without Borders (RSF): An
remains highly repressive. Overview
 In a democracy of India’s size and stature, a  Reporters Without Borders (RSF), also known as
free press is crucial for healthy governance – Reporters Sans Frontières, is a non-profit, non-
indeed, freedom of the press is derived from governmental organization.
Article 19(1)(a) of the Indian Constitution  It was founded in 1985 in Montpellier, France.
(the fundamental right to freedom of speech and  It is headquartered in Paris and operates with
expression). consultative status at the United Nations, UNESCO,
 The Supreme Court of India affirmed as early as the Council of Europe, and the International
the Romesh Thapar vs. State of Madras (1950) Organization of the Francophonie (OIF).
case that this freedom of expression includes
the freedom of the press, recognizing it as ˆˆ Mission and Objectives
 Promote Press Freedom: RSF’s core mission is
essential to democracy.
 In theory, therefore, an improvement in India’s to safeguard the right to freedom of information as
press freedom ranking should be a positive sign defined by Article 19 of the Universal Declaration
for its democratic credentials and the robustness of Human Rights.
 Protect Journalists and Media Personnel: RSF
of its institutions.
 It suggests a need to safeguard and build on advocates for the protection of journalists working
this progress. in conflict zones or under repressive regimes.
 However, the marginal nature of the  Combat Censorship: The organization actively

improvement also signals that core issues fights against censorship and calls out governments
remain unresolved – India is still ranked in the and entities that suppress free media.
bottom 20% of countries worldwide, indicating  Expose Press Freedom Violations: It inves-

that journalists here face conditions comparable tigates and publicizes press freedom violations
to some of the most difficult environments on through reports, campaigns, and advocacy.
the globe. The World Press Freedom Index 2025 under-
ˆˆ Global Trends scores the crucial need for stronger safeguards for
 The 2025 Index exposes a concerning global journalistic freedom in India and worldwide. Although
trend of declining press freedom, particularly in India’s rank has improved, the environment remains
conflict zones and authoritarian states. challenging. Moving forward, robust legal frame-
 Over 42 countries fall under the “very serious” works, economic resilience, and genuine media
category, with issues of media censorship, independence are essential to strengthen democracy
state-controlled narratives, and journalist safety. and uphold constitutional values.

June, 2025 (27) CURRENT DRISHTI

 India-Italy Strategic Plan 2025–2029
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l In-Depth Analysis l Strategic Background and Development l Multilateral
Collaboration and Global Cooperation l Significance of the India-Italy Strategic Plan 2025–2029

ˆˆ Recent Context
In-Depth Analysis
During the 58th Annual Meeting of the Asian
Development Bank (ADB) held in Milan, Indian ˆˆ Strategic Background and Development
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman met with  The India-Italy Joint Strategic Action Plan
Italian Finance Minister Giancarlo Giorgetti to 2025–2029 was first announced during Prime
discuss the implementation of the India-Italy Joint Minister Modi’s meeting with Italian PM
Strategic Action Plan 2025–2029. Giorgia Meloni in November 2024.
  This high-level dialogue aimed at deepening   It aims to provide a structured framework
economic ties, digital innovation, for enhanced cooperation across trade,
renewable energy collaboration, and technology, and climate action.
climate cooperation between the two  Strengthened Bilateral Relations:
nations.   The partnership reflects both nations’
  The strategic plan represents a significant
commitment to deepening economic
step forward in bolstering bilateral and
diplomacy.
multilateral cooperation for sustainable
  Both countries are leveraging their
development and global peace.
strengths in digital innovation and
ˆˆ Key Highlights green technology to meet global climate
 Venue and Occasion: goals.
  Held on the sidelines of the 58th ADB  Focus on Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI):
Annual Meeting in Milan, Italy.
  India highlighted its success in Digital
The meeting was part of a broader agenda
 
Public Infrastructure through Aadhaar,
to discuss economic and multilateral
UPI, and DigiLocker.
cooperation.
  Opportunities were discussed for joint
 Focus Areas:
  Digital Innovation: Joint efforts to promote development of digital ecosystems that
fintech, digital public infrastructure, and benefit both nations.
cross-border digital payments.  Green Technology Collaboration:
  Green Energy and Climate Goals:   Emphasis was placed on green hydrogen,
Enhanced cooperation in green hydrogen, carbon capture, and energy efficiency
carbon capture technologies, and technologies.
renewable energy.   Italy showed interest in participating in
  Climate Cooperation: Emphasis on co- India’s energy transition projects.
financing models and circular economy
ˆˆ Multilateral Collaboration and Global
approaches for sustainable development.
Cooperation
 Bilateral Trade Achievements:
The discussions also included broader
  India and Italy achieved a bilateral trade
volume of $14.56 billion in FY2023–24. multilateral cooperation:
  Focus on expanding trade in sectors like  Reforms in Multilateral Development Banks
green energy, digital infrastructure, and (MDBs):
sustainable technologies.   Both nations called for reforms to align
 Make in India Participation: MDB operations with Sustainable Devel-
  FM Sitharaman invited Italian firms to opment Goals (SDGs).
participate in India’s PLI (Production   Focus on climate financing and enhanc-
Linked Incentive) schemes under the ing the role of MDBs in sustainable devel-
Make in India initiative. opment projects.

CURRENT DRISHTI (28) June, 2025

 Support for Global Climate Goals: It aligns with India’s vision of Viksit Bharat
 
 Joint strategies were explored for circular 2047, which aims for a developed nation
economy models and co-financing of status by its 100th year of independence.
green projects.  Energy and Climate Leadership:
 Both nations emphasized inclusive   The plan showcases India’s commitment
growth and sustainable development. to renewable energy, carbon neutrality,
 Engagement with Japan: and sustainable development goals.
 FM Sitharaman also met with Japan’s Fi-   Italy’s engagement reflects its recognition
nance Minister Katsunobu Kato to dis- of India’s role as a global leader in
cuss Indo-Pacific cooperation, innova- sustainable technology.
tion, and private sector engagement.  Multilateral Engagement:
ˆˆ Significance of the India-Italy Strategic   Both countries’ support for MDB reforms
Plan 2025–2029 strengthens their influence in global
 Economic Diplomacy: financial governance.
  The dialogue strengthens India’s economic   Their joint efforts could serve as a model
diplomacy in Europe and supports its for sustainable economic partnerships
global ambitions. in the G20 and other multilateral forums.

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Day in New York

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Significance of the Declaration

ˆˆ Recent Context recognized internationally, symbolizing

In a historic move, New York City Mayor Eric equality and democracy.
Adams officially declared April 14, 2025, as Dr.   His ideals resonate with New York
B.R. Ambedkar Day to commemorate the 135th City’s spirit of diversity, inclusion, and
birth anniversary of the architect of the Indian immigrant heritage.
Constitution.  Tribute at Columbia University:
ˆˆ Key Highlights   Prior to the event, Ramdas Athawale
 Official Proclamation:
paid homage at Dr. Ambedkar’s statue at
  Mayor Eric Adams proclaimed April 14, Columbia University, where Ambedkar
2025, as Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Day in New earned his PhD in Economics in 1927.
York City.   The statue symbolizes Ambedkar’s
  The declaration acknowledges Dr. dedication to knowledge and education
Ambedkar’s monumental contributions despite social barriers.
to human rights, social justice, and ˆˆ Significance of the Declaration
constitutional equality.  Positions New York City as a global advocate
 Event at United Nations Headquarters: for human rights and equality.
  The announcement was made during a  Symbolizes the universal relevance of Ambed-
special event at the UN Headquarters. kar’s fight for marginalized communities.
  Ramdas Athawale, Union Minister of  Reinforces the global appreciation for
State for Social Justice and Empowerment, constitutional democracy and social justice
delivered the keynote address, emphasizing led by Ambedkar.
Ambedkar’s ideals and their relevance The declaration of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Day in
to the 2030 Sustainable Development New York City is a testament to his global legacy
Goals (SDGs). in social reform and human rights advocacy. His
 Global Legacy: ideals of equality, dignity, and justice transcend
  Dr. Ambedkar’s fight for social justice borders, inspiring movements for social justice
and marginalized communities is now across the world.

June, 2025 (29) CURRENT DRISHTI

 USA's Vice President Visit to India
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l In-Depth Analysis l Historical Context of Indo-US Trade Relations l Current
Trade Dynamics l Changing Global Scenario l Way Forward
ˆˆ Recent Context  Civil Nuclear Agreement (2008): A landmark
The recent visit of U.S. Vice-President J.D. deal that transformed Indo-US relations, lifting
Vance to New Delhi marked a pivotal moment, restrictions on nuclear trade.
reflecting substantial progress in negotiating a “new  Defense Cooperation: India became a Major
and modern” bilateral trade agreement aimed at job Defense Partner in 2016, enhancing strategic
creation and supply-chain integration. and defense cooperation.
  The strategic partnership between India
ˆˆ Current Trade Dynamics
and the United States has deepened  Bilateral Trade Volume: Over $150 billion in
significantly in recent years, with trade and 2024, with the U.S. being India’s largest trading
economic cooperation being a cornerstone partner.
of bilateral relations.  Investment Flows: The U.S. is one of the
ˆˆ Key Highlights largest sources of FDI in India, particularly in
1. High-Level Engagement: J.D. Vance’s four- technology, energy, and pharmaceuticals.
day visit to India is the first major White House  Technology Cooperation: Key sectors
visit under President Trump’s administration. include IT, digital trade, clean energy, and AI
2. Significant Progress in Trade Talks: Both collaborations.
nations welcomed progress on a proposed ˆˆ Changing Global Scenario
bilateral trade agreement, with a focus on  Indo-Pacific Strategy: Both nations are
modern supply chains, job creation, and market central players in the Quad alongside Japan
access. and Australia, aiming to secure global supply
3. Economic Integration Focus: Discussions chains and counter Chinese influence.
included supply-chain resilience, energy  Supply-Chain Resilience: The recent trade
cooperation, and technology transfers. talks highlighted a shift towards “China+1
4. Strategic Alignment: The visit aligns with strategy”, with India being a critical manufacturing
broader Indo-Pacific strategies, particularly hub.
under the Quad framework.  Geopolitical Alignment: Shared concerns
5. Pahalgam Terrorist Attack During Visit: over China’s assertiveness, particularly in the
Amid Vance’s visit, a major terrorist attack South China Sea and economic corridors in the
in Pahalgam, Jammu & Kashmir took place, Indo-Pacific.
leading to heightened security and strategic ˆˆ Way Forward
talks on counter-terrorism cooperation. This 1. Finalizing the Trade Pact: Expediting
incident underscored the importance of Indo- negotiations for the proposed trade agreement
US cooperation on global terrorism. to unlock greater market access.
In-Depth Analysis 2. Technology Transfers and Energy
Cooperation: Deepening collaboration in clean
ˆˆ Historical Context of Indo-US Trade energy, semiconductors, and 5G technology.
Relations 3. Diversification of Supply Chains: India and
 1947–1990: Early years marked by limited the U.S. should leverage their partnership to
engagement, primarily in food aid (PL-480 restructure global supply chains, reducing
Program) and technical cooperation. dependence on China.
 1991 Economic Reforms: Liberalization 4. Counter-Terrorism Cooperation: Enhancing
opened Indian markets to global players, joint operations and intelligence sharing to
marking the beginning of strategic economic tackle global terrorism, especially after incidents
engagements with the U.S. like the Pahalgam attack.

CURRENT DRISHTI (30) June, 2025

5. Defense and Strategic Cooperation: Strength- The Pahalgam terrorist attack during Vice-
 
ening Quad engagements and expanding de- President J.D. Vance’s visit underscored
fense logistics agreements. the pressing need for counter-terrorism
The Indo-US partnership continues to evolve cooperation, further strengthening the
as a key pillar of global economic and strategic
ties in security and defense. This visit is a
stability. With enhanced trade negotiations and
deeper strategic alignment, both nations are poised testament to the enduring strength of this
to redefine global supply chains and bolster security partnership, paving the way for a new era
in the Indo-Pacific. of cooperation.

US Govt. Freezes Funding to Harvard University

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Facts l Legal and Political Reactions

ˆˆ Recent Context  It also aligns with Trump’s political agenda of

In April 2025, the Trump administration froze defending American values and meritocracy.
$2.3 billion in federal funding to Harvard University  Demands by Administration:
after it refused to comply with demands to eliminate   Shut down DEI programs.
DEI programs and enforce merit-based admis-   Enforce merit-based admissions.
sions.
  Ban face masks during protests.
  T he move sparked nationwide debates
  Suspend students involved in building
over academic freedom and government
occupations.
overreach.
 Harvard’s Response:
ˆˆ Key Facts   Refused to comply, citing First Amendment
 The Trump administration froze $2.3 billion rights.
in federal funding to Harvard University to   Harvard President Alan Garber condemned
push for merit-based admissions, eliminate the demands as federal overreach.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI)
programs, and restrict political activism on ˆˆ Legal and Political Reactions
campus.  Legal Challenge: Filed by the American
 The move is part of a broader strategy to Association of University Professors.
promote equal opportunity without identity-  Political Backlash: Democrats opposed the
based preferences, crack down on anti- freeze; Republicans supported it.
American protests, and bar international  Public Protests: Held in Cambridge,
students deemed hostile to U.S. values. Massachusetts supporting Harvard’s stance.

INS Kiltan at IMDEX Asia 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l IMDEX Asia: A Premier Maritime Event l International Maritime Security Conference (IMSC)
l Maritime Information Sharing Exercise (MARISX) l INS Kiltan (P30): India’s Indigenous Naval Power
ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ IMDEX Asia: A Premier Maritime Event
Recently, the participation of INS Kiltan (P30)  IMDEX Asia is a biennial maritime and
in the International Maritime Defence Exhibition defence exhibition held in Singapore since
(IMDEX) Asia 2025 at Singapore’s Changi 1997.
Exhibition Centre marks a significant stride in  Recognized as a leading platform in the Asia-
reaffirming India’s strategic maritime presence Pacific, it facilitates:
and enhancing naval cooperation in the Indo-   The showcasing of advanced naval
Pacific region. platforms and maritime systems.

June, 2025 (31) CURRENT DRISHTI

 The
  introduction of cutting-edge ˆˆ INS Kiltan (P30): India’s Indigenous Naval
maritime technologies. Power
High-level strategic dialogue among
   INS Kiltan is the third ship of the four
global maritime stakeholders. Kamorta-class corvettes built under Project
ˆˆ International Maritime Security Confer- 28.
 It is an indigenously-developed anti-subma-
ence (IMSC)
 A flagship feature of IMDEX Asia, the IMSC rine warfare stealth corvette.
was established in 2009.  The vessel is named after Kiltan Island from
 It is jointly organized by the Republic of the Aminidivi group in the strategically vital
Singapore Navy (RSN) and the S. Rajaratnam Lakshadweep and Minicoy islands.
School of International Studies (RSIS).  Key technological advancements of INS
 The IMSC brings together: Kiltan include:
  Navy chiefs, coast guard heads, and   Being India’s first major warship with a
policymakers. carbon fibre composite superstructure.
  Strategic analysts and maritime security   This contributes to enhanced stealth
experts. capabilities, reduced weight, and lower
 The focus areas include: maintenance costs.
  Mutual maritime security enhancement.  The ship upholds the legacy of the former
  Strengthening maritime domain awareness. Petya-class warship ‘Kiltan (P79)’, which
  Collaborative responses to challenges in actively participated in ‘Operation Trident’
the global maritime commons. during the 1971 Indo-Pak war.
ˆˆ Maritime Information Sharing Exercise India’s participation in IMDEX Asia 2025 with
(MARISX) INS Kiltan demonstrates its growing maritime
 Another integral part of IMDEX Asia is MARISX, ambitions, commitment to regional security, and
a scenario-based exercise. focus on indigenous defence capabilities. Through
 It aims to improve inter-agency coordination platforms like IMDEX, India continues to strengthen
and promote best practices in maritime its role in maritime diplomacy and defence
security. innovation in the Indo-Pacific region.

Self-Defence Clause Under UN Charter

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l What is Article 51 of the UN Charter? l Who can be the attacker? l India’s Position l What is the
“Unwilling or Unable” Doctrine? l India’s Official View (2021) l Application to Pahalgam Attack

ˆˆ Recent Context Necessity: The use of force must be

 
India recently carried out Operation Sindoor in essential to respond to the attack.
response to the Pahalgam terrorist attack, claiming Proportionality: The response must not
 
it as an act of self-defence. This has brought exceed what is required to stop the
attention to Article 51 of the UN Charter, which attack.
governs the right to self-defence.
ˆˆ Who can be the attacker?
ˆˆ What is Article 51 of the UN Charter?
 The UN Charter focuses on states, but there
 The UN Charter, under Article 2(4), generally
is debate about non-state actors (NSAs) like
prohibits the use of force by one state against
terrorist groups.
another.
 Exception: Article 51 allows a state to use  In the Nicaragua v. U.S. (1986) case, the
force only in self-defence if it faces an armed International Court of Justice (ICJ) held:
attack.   Self-defence under Article 51 applies
 This self-defence must follow two key to non-state actors only if they act on
principles: behalf of a state.

CURRENT DRISHTI (32) June, 2025

ˆˆ India’s Position 1. The non-state actor repeatedly attacks
 India blamed Pakistan-trained and supported the state.
terrorists for the Pahalgam attack. 2. The host state is unwilling to take action
 India partially fulfilled its duty under Article 51 against the attackers.
by briefing the majority of UNSC members 3. The host state supports or shelters the
about its actions. non-state actor.
ˆˆ What is the “Unwilling or Unable” Doctrine? ˆˆ Application to Pahalgam Attack
 This is an emerging idea under Article 51
 After the attack, India said Pakistan failed
allowing self-defence against non-state actors
to take action and indirectly supported the
in another country’s territory if that country is
attackers.
unwilling or unable to stop them.
 This suggests that India might be using the
 Example: The United States used this
doctrine in 2011 to justify its operation to kill “unwilling or unable” doctrine to justify its
Osama bin Laden in Pakistan. self-defence strike.
 Criticism: Article 51 of the UN Charter gives countries
  Countries like Russia and China argue this the right to defend themselves, but only in limited
undermines sovereignty and weakens cases. With rising terrorist threats from non-state
the UN’s rules. actors, doctrines like “unwilling or unable” are
ˆˆ India’s Official View (2021) gaining ground, though not universally accepted.
 At the UNSC Arria Formula meeting, India said India’s Operation Sindoor shows how countries
this doctrine can be used only if these three are trying to navigate these evolving norms while
conditions are met: keeping national security in focus.

India–Thailand Strategic Partnership

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of the Strategic Partnership l ASEAN, ACMECS, MGC, BIMSTEC, IORA, ACD,
IMT-GT l What’s Next? l Why India is Focusing on BIMSTEC Instead of SAARC

ˆˆ Recent Context  This decision reflects their desire to work

On April 3–4, 2025, Prime Minister Narendra together for peace, stability, and prosperity
Modi visited Thailand to attend the 6th BIMSTEC in the region.
Summit in Bangkok, on the invitation of Thai  The partnership focuses on a future-oriented,
Prime Minister Ms. Paetongtarn Shinawatra. Both mutually beneficial approach.
leaders held talks and agreed to elevate India–  Key Areas of Cooperation
Thailand ties to a Strategic Partnership.
 Political Cooperation
ˆˆ Key Highlights of the Strategic Partnership   Regular high-level visits and meetings,
 Strong Historical & Cultural Bonds including between Foreign Ministers and
officials.
 India and Thailand share 78 years of diplomatic   Parliamentary exchanges to increase
relations. political understanding.
 They have deep civilisational, cultural, and  Defence and Security
religious ties.   Enhanced defence technology, research,
 Both leaders visited the Wat Phra Chetuphon joint training, and military exercises.
(Reclining Buddha Temple) in Bangkok to   Security dialogues, including a Deputy
honor these cultural connections. NSA-level strategic dialogue.
  Cooperation on maritime security, cyber
 Strategic Partnership Declaration
security, counterterrorism, and fighting
 Both countries agreed to upgrade their bilateral transnational crimes like drug and human
relations to a Strategic Partnership. trafficking.

June, 2025 (33) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Trade & Investment ˆˆ What’s Next?
  Bilateral trade reached approx. USD 15  Both leaders tasked their foreign ministries to
billion in 2023–24. create a Joint Plan of Action to implement the
 Focus on renewable energy, EVs, digital Strategic Partnership effectively.
tech, biotech, robotics, and startups.
ˆˆ Why India is Focusing on BIMSTEC
 Agreement to review the ASEAN–India
Instead of SAARC
Trade in Goods Agreement (AITIGA) by
 India has increasingly shifted its focus from
2025.
SAARC (South Asian Association for
 Promote local currency settlement,
Regional Cooperation) to BIMSTEC (Bay of
startup exchanges, and investment in
Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical
SEZs.
 Connectivity
and Economic Cooperation).
 Speed up work on the India–Myanmar–  This shift reflects geopolitical realities,
Thailand Trilateral Highway and Motor regional cooperation challenges, and India’s
Vehicles Agreement. strategic priorities in the Indo-Pacific region.
 Improve maritime links, air connectivity,  Challenges within SAARC
and port-to-port connections.
A. Stalemate Due to Pakistan
 Education, Health, and Culture
 SAARC is often crippled by political tensions,
 Promote student and teacher exchanges,
especially between India and Pakistan.
scholarships, and joint research.
 The 19th SAARC Summit, scheduled in
 Support skill development, Thai–Hindi
studies, and technical training. Islamabad in 2016, was cancelled after
 Boost collaboration in healthcare, medical India and other countries boycotted it due to
products, and traditional medicine. Pakistan’s involvement in cross-border
 Encourage sports exchanges, cultural terrorism.
festivals, and museum cooperation.  SAARC’s decision-making is based on
 Women Empowerment consensus, so one country’s opposition
 Promote leadership, vocational training, stalls progress.
and entrepreneurship for women in both B. Lack of Effective Integration
countries.  SAARC has failed to achieve strong regional
economic integration.
 Regional & Global Cooperation
 Intra-SAARC trade remains below 5% of the
 Reaffirm commitment to a free, open, rules- region’s total trade, while intra-ASEAN trade
based Indo-Pacific. is over 25%.
 Support ASEAN Centrality, and joint work
 No progress on major connectivity projects
under ASEAN–India and Indo-Pacific Oceans under SAARC due to lack of trust.
Initiative (IPOI).
 Enhance roles in UN, G77, South-South  Why BIMSTEC is Becoming More
Cooperation, and regional forums like: Relevant for India

ˆˆ ASEAN, ACMECS, MGC, BIMSTEC, IORA, A. Strategic Composition

 BIMSTEC includes Bangladesh, India,
ACD, IMT-GT.
Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Nepal, and
 Special Role in BIMSTEC Bhutan.
 As founding members and two largest  Pakistan is not a member, avoiding political
economies of BIMSTEC, India and Thailand deadlock.
will:  It connects South Asia with Southeast Asia,
  Lead efforts to build a prosperous and aligning with India’s Act East Policy.
resilient Bay of Bengal community. B. Regional Connectivity & Maritime Focus
  Support BIMSTEC Master Plan for  BIMSTEC supports the India–Myanmar–
Transport Connectivity and Maritime Thailand Trilateral Highway, coastal
Transport Cooperation Agreement. shipping, and port-to-port connectivity.

CURRENT DRISHTI (34) June, 2025

 It is aligned with India’s Indo-Pacific Oceans  India’s Strategic Interests
Initiative (IPOI).  India sees BIMSTEC as a bridge between
 Focus on maritime security, disaster relief, South and Southeast Asia.
and blue economy is in sync with India’s  Strengthens India’s influence in the Bay of
priorities. Bengal region, a vital part of the Indo-Pacific.
C. Recent Milestones  Enables better collaboration on security,
 BIMSTEC Charter adopted in 2022, giving the economy, energy, and connectivity without
grouping a formal structure. political distractions.
 India and Thailand are leading economies in This new India–Thailand Strategic Partnership
BIMSTEC and co-lead important sectors. lays the foundation for stronger economic,
 At the 6th BIMSTEC Summit in 2025, political, defence, and cultural ties. It reflects a
India reaffirmed commitment to building a shared commitment to a prosperous Indo-Pacific,
“prosperous and resilient Bay of Bengal deeper people-to-people links, and joint action on
community.” global and regional challenges.

India’s PM Visit to Sri Lanka

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of the Visit

ˆˆ Recent Context inaugurated the upgraded Maho–Omanthai

On April 6, 2025, Prime Minister Narendra Railway Line.
Modi concluded a successful visit to Sri Lanka,  This project was funded through an Indian
reinforcing India’s ‘Neighbourhood First Policy’ Credit Line of $91.27 million.
and the ‘MAHASAGAR’ vision. The visit focused  The Anuradhapura railway signalling system,
on boosting ties in defence, energy, digitalisation, also upgraded, received $14.89 million from
culture, and infrastructure. the Indian government.

ˆˆ Key Highlights of the Visit  Cultural and Religious Diplomacy

 Strengthening Diplomatic Relations  PM Modi visited the Jaya Sri Maha Bodhi
temple in Anuradhapura, a revered Buddhist
 PM Modi’s trip was his 4th official visit to Sri site.
Lanka since 2015.  The Bodhi tree at the site traces its origin
 He was invited by President Anura Kumara to a sapling from India, brought in the 3rd
Dissanayake, who chose New Delhi for Century BCE by Sangamitta Theri, daughter
his first official visit after being elected in of Emperor Ashoka.
September 2024.  He met Chief Monk Most Ven Pallegama
 The visit was guided by the theme: “Friendship Hemarathana Nayake Thera and discussed:
of centuries, commitment to a prosperous   Exhibiting Buddha relics from Gujarat in
future.” Sri Lanka.
 Promoting the ‘Neighbourhood First Policy’   Developing Bodh Gaya as a spiritual
city in collaboration with the Sri Lankan
 The visit reinforces Sri Lanka’s important government.
role in India’s regional outreach under the   Administrative control of Bodh Gaya
‘Neighbourhood First Policy’. by Buddhist clergy—PM Modi assured
 It aligns with India’s ‘MAHASAGAR’ vision, support after consultations.
which emphasizes strong relations in the Indian
 Humanitarian Gesture and Fisheries Talks
Ocean Region.
 Sri Lanka released 11 Indian fishermen
 Major Infrastructure Projects Inaugurated following PM Modi’s “humane approach”
 PM Modi and President Dissanayake jointly appeal.

June, 2025 (35) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Sri Lankan Tamil parties also urged India to PM Modi’s 2025 visit to Sri Lanka marks
ban bottom trawling to resolve the fisheries a milestone in India-Sri Lanka relations. It
conflict. strengthens cooperation across sectors, reinforces
shared cultural and spiritual heritage, and
 New Agreements and Future Cooperation
promotes a peaceful, prosperous Indian Ocean
 Multiple agreements were signed covering region. Through major infrastructure investments
defence, energy, and digital partnerships. and diplomatic engagement, India is solidifying its
 The visit aims to foster economic growth, peo- strategic partnership with Sri Lanka for the long
ple-to-people ties, and mutual development. term.

The Times Higher Education (THE) Asia

University Rankings 2025
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Understanding the Asia University Rankings 2025 Methodology l Asia’s Competitive Higher
Education Landscape l Rankings l Indian Universities on the Rise

ˆˆ Recent Context like Singapore, Japan, and Hong Kong also

The Times Higher Education (THE) Asia Uni- demonstrate strong performances.
versity Rankings 2025, released on April 23, 2025,  Within this highly competitive environment,
underscore India’s growing academic prominence, India has recorded a strong showing, with
with 20 institutions securing positions among Asia’s 20 institutions placed among Asia’s top 250,
top 250. spearheaded by the Indian Institute of Science
 The Indian Institute of Science (IISc), Bengaluru, (IISc), Bengaluru, and Shoolini University, which
notably leads the Indian contingent at a joint stands as the country’s highest-ranked private
38th position, while Shoolini University has university.
successfully maintained its status as India’s top
private university.
ˆˆ Rankings
 Tsinghua University in China has secured the
ˆˆ Understanding the Asia University first position in the 2025 rankings.
Rankings 2025 Methodology  Peking University, also in China, has retained
 The Times Higher Education (THE) Asia the second position in the rankings.
University Rankings 2025 offer a comprehensive  The National University of Singapore has
and rigorous evaluation of academic excellence been ranked third in the Asia region.
across the Asian continent.  Nanyang Technological University in
 This year’s edition meticulously assesses 853 Singapore has achieved the fourth position.
universities spanning 35 countries and  The University of Tokyo in Japan has secured
territories. the fifth position in the rankings.
 The evaluation is based on performance across  The University of Hong Kong has been placed
four key pillars: teaching, research, knowl- at the sixth position in the rankings.
edge transfer, and international outlook.  The Chinese University of Hong Kong has
 With 18 robust performance indicators,
achieved the ninth position this year.
THE’s globally trusted methodology continues
 China has dominated the top 10 by holding five
to serve as a vital guide for students,
of the top 10 positions, showcasing its strength
academics, policymakers, and industry leaders
in higher education and research.
in benchmarking the quality of higher education.
 All six of Hong Kong’s ranked universities have
ˆˆ Asia’s Competitive Higher Education entered the top 50 for the first time since the
Landscape year 2017.
 While China continues to dominate the top  Four countries—Uzbekistan, Bahrain, Mongolia,
ranks, holding the top two positions and and Syria—have appeared in the rankings for
five spots within the top ten, other countries the first time in 2025.

CURRENT DRISHTI (36) June, 2025

ˆˆ Indian Universities on the Rise university. However, its International
 Indian higher education institutions have once again Outlook (20.2) and Teaching (43.3) scores
made notable strides in the THE Asia University remain relatively modest, highlighting a
 The Indian Institute of Science (IISc), need for greater global collaboration and
Bengaluru, continues to top the Indian chart, pedagogical development.
achieving an overall score of 65.2 and securing  Shoolini University has emerged as a powerful
the 38th rank in Asia. force among Indian institutions, achieving a
 IISc demonstrates significant strength in Industry commendable 146th rank in Asia and securing
Engagement with an impressive score of 97.3, the 5th position overall in India.
followed by robust performances in Teaching   Notably, it holds the prestigious title of No.1
(68.1) and Research Quality (64.1). Private University in India for the second
 In contrast, Anna University, ranked 111th consecutive year.
overall, reveals a high Research Quality score   The university scores an impressive 81.5 in
of 80.0, which is even higher than IISc’s score. Research Quality and 71.4 in International
  This suggests a commendable volume Outlook, placing 2nd and 4th in India,
of high-impact publications from the respectively, in these critical categories.

Ranking of Indian Universities

S. Rank University Overall Research Industry International Research Teaching
No. Name Quality Engagement Outlook Environment
1 38 Indian Institute 65 64.1 97 32 61.5 68.1
of Science
2 111 Anna University $52 80 66 20 34.1 43.3
3 131 Indian Institute 49.4 70.8 36 35 32.8 52.2
of Technology
Indore
4 140 Mahatma 49 57.8 35 28 45 53.5
Gandhi
University
5 146 Shoolini 48.1 82 23 71 25.8 35.7
University of
Biotechnology
and
Management
Sciences
6 149 Saveetha 48 83 19 73 19.4 40.8
Institute of
Medical and
Technical
Sciences
7 161 Jamia Millia $47 75 41 40 18.9 48.7
Islamia
8 184 Indian Institute 44.8 61 53 31 30.9 42
of Technology
Guwahati
9 184 KIIT University 44.8 63 56 42 20.9 45.9
10 188 Aligarh Muslim 44.5 69 36 40 18
University

 The Times Higher Education Asia University Ran- universities are effectively closing the gap.
 With the right blend of comprehensive policy
kings 2025 affirm India’s deepening academic
support, enhanced institutional autonomy, and
influence in the region. While public universities like
sustained global engagement, India’s universi-
IISc continue to lead the way, institutions such ties are exceptionally well-positioned to further
as Shoolini University exemplify how private ascend in global rankings in the years ahead.

June, 2025 (37) CURRENT DRISHTI

 World Social Report 2025
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Summary of World Social Report 2025 l Positives Highlighted in the Report l Negatives
Outlined in the Report l Way Forward

ˆˆ Recent Context These

  crises are actively reversing
The United Nations has released the World Social development gains and fueling widespread
Report 2025 on April 24, 2025. insecurity across the globe.
 This report is a critical document highlighting the  Positive Trends: Despite the pervasive
urgent need for a new global policy consensus. challenges, the report also acknowledges
 This consensus must prioritize equity, economic significant positive trends.
security, and solidarity, especially in light of   Over 1 billion people have been lifted out of
escalating insecurity, widening inequality, and a extreme poverty since 1995, demonstrating
progress.
global decline in trust.
  Furthermore, improvements have
 Published by: The report is produced by the
been noted in global literacy rates, life
United Nations Department of Economic and
expectancy, and access to basic services.
Social Affairs (UN DESA), in collaboration with
 Policy Gaps Identified: The report identifies critical
the United Nations University World Institute
policy gaps contributing to global disparities.
for Development Economics Research (UNU-   Weak social protection systems, unfair
WIDER). taxation policies, and underinvestment in
ˆˆ Key Summary of World Social Report 2025 public goods continue to widen the gap
 Rising Economic Insecurity: The report between wealthy and impoverished nations.
reveals that a staggering 60% of the global  Call for a New Social Contract: The report
population experiences economic insecurity. urgently calls for the establishment of a new
  Furthermore, over 690 million people social contract.
continue to live in extreme poverty,   It emphasizes the need to build inclusive,
underscoring the severity of this issue. equitable, and resilient societies through
 Persistent Inequality: Despite commendable fair taxation, universal social protection, and
a renewed commitment to multilateralism.
gains in poverty reduction, income inequality has
unfortunately widened in two-thirds of countries. ˆˆ Positives Highlighted in the Report
  The report starkly notes that the richest 1% The World Social Report 2025, while painting a
of the world’s population now holds more stark picture of global challenges, also acknowledges
wealth than 95% of humanity combined. areas of significant progress:
 Fragile Livelihoods: Informal and precarious  Poverty Reduction: Over 1 billion
employment remains a dominant feature of the people have been lifted out of extreme poverty
global labor market, particularly prevalent in since 1995, contributing to SDG 1 (No Poverty).
 Education and Health Improvements:
regions such as Africa and South Asia.
Significant gains in global literacy, life
  This trend contributes significantly to un-
expectancy, and access to essential services
stable incomes and heightened vulnerabili-
have supported SDG 3 (Good Health and Well-
ty for a large segment of the workforce.
being) and SDG 4 (Quality Education).
 Declining Institutional Trust: More than 50%
 Social Inclusion Progress: Efforts to reduce
of people globally report having low or no trust inequalities based on ethnicity, residence, and
in their governments. socio-economic status have shown measurable
  This erosion of trust is primarily driven success, advancing SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities).
by economic distress, the proliferation of  Acknowledgment of Interconnected
misinformation, and failures in governance. Challenges: The report highlights the links
 Climate and Conflict Impacts: The report high- between economic, social, and environmental
lights that in 2024, one in five people faced climate challenges, reinforcing the integrated nature of
shocks, and one in seven endured conflicts. the SDG framework.

CURRENT DRISHTI (38) June, 2025

ˆˆ Negatives Outlined in the Report  Rebuild Social Contracts: There is an urgent
Conversely, the report details several concerning need for heavy investment in education,
negative trends impacting global society: healthcare, decent work opportunities, and
 Persistent Inequality: Despite periods of universal social protection systems to strengthen
economic growth, income inequality has societal safety nets.
regrettably increased in two-thirds of countries,  Promote Fair Taxation: A shift towards
indicating that economic benefits are not being progressive taxation policies is recommended
equitably distributed. to effectively reduce wealth concentration
 Insecure Livelihoods: A worrying 60% of and promote a more equitable distribution of
workers globally express fear of job loss, with resources.
informal and precarious employment dominating  Strengthen Institutions: Fostering inclusive
the labor market. This lack of job security creates governance structures is crucial to rebuild trust
significant economic vulnerability. and legitimacy in public institutions, ensuring
 Low Trust in Institutions: Institutional trust they are responsive to the needs of all citizens.
has seen a steady decline since the late 1990s,  Support Climate Resilience: Climate
a trend particularly pronounced among the adaptation strategies must be designed and
youth. This erosion of trust poses a challenge to implemented in a manner that specifically
effective governance and collective action. protects the poor and marginalized populations,
 Digital Misinformation: The report warns that who are often most vulnerable to climate shocks.
echo chambers and digital polarization, often  Enhance Multilateralism: The report
fueled by misinformation, pose a serious threat emphasizes the importance of utilizing
to social cohesion worldwide. upcoming global summits, such as the Second
 Fragile Progress: Gains in poverty alleviation World Summit for Social Development, to drive
and equity are proving to be fragile, with climate greater global cooperation and collective action
change and conflicts continuing to reverse hard- on social issues.
The World Social Report 2025 serves as a stark
won progress.
signal that despite notable economic advances,
ˆˆ Way Forward rising insecurity and pervasive inequalities are
The World Social Report 2025 proposes a actively destabilizing societies across the globe. A
clear path forward, advocating for transformative transformative shift towards inclusive, resilient, and
policy actions to address the identified global people-centric development models is not merely
challenges: desirable but absolutely crucial for the future.

India – Angola Relations

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of the Visit l Key Facts about Angola l Trade between India and Angola l India-
Africa Relations

ˆˆ Recent Context 200 million Line of Credit aimed at modernising

Recently on May 03, 2025, President Droupadi Angola’s defence forces.
Murmu hosted Angolan President João Lourenço   This funding will help Angola upgrade its
at Rashtrapati Bhavan during his first State visit to Soviet-origin military equipment, such as
India. Sukhoi Su-30 fighter jets.
 The visit coincided with the 40th anniversary of   This cooperation aligns with India’s
India–Angola diplomatic relations. SAGAR (Security and Growth for All in
 During the state visit of Angolan President Joao the Region) policy and enhances India’s
Lourenço to India, both countries took significant reputation as a dependable defence
steps to enhance their strategic partnership. partner for African nations.
ˆˆ Key Highlights of the Visit  Infrastructure and Railway Connectivity:
 Defence Cooperation: India announced a USD India has offered to provide technical and

June, 2025 (39) CURRENT DRISHTI

 infrastructure support to help Angola connect its  Bordering Nations:
three major but currently unlinked railway lines. To the northwest, Angola shares a border
 
  One of these lines is part of the Lobito with the Republic of the Congo.
Corridor, an important logistical route To the north and northeast, it is bordered by
 
supported by the U.S. and the EU. the Democratic Republic of the Congo.
  The Lobito Corridor connects the resource-   To the southeast, Angola borders Zambia.
rich Katanga region in the Democratic   To the south, it shares a boundary with
Republic of Congo to the port city of Lobito Namibia.
in Angola, passing through Zambia.  Major Rivers: The Cuango River and the Cuanza
  This development complements global River are two of Angola’s most important rivers.
connectivity initiatives, such as the India-   These rivers are vital for hydropower
Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor generation and play a key role in inland
(IMEC), launched at the G20 Summit in water transportation.
Delhi in 2023.  Topography: The highest point in Angola is Mount
 Climate and Renewable Energy Cooperation: Moco, located in the Huambo province.
Angola officially signed the International   It is the tallest mountain in the country and a
Solar Alliance (ISA) Framework Agreement, notable geographical feature.
becoming the 123rd member of the ISA.
 Continental Significance of the Visit: The visit ˆˆ Trade between India and Angola
gains broader importance as President João  India and Angola have significantly strengthened
Lourenço currently serves as the Chair of the their economic relationship in recent years,
African Union (AU). marked by a notable increase in bilateral trade.
  His position brings greater continental  Trade between the two countries rose from
relevance to this bilateral engagement and $2.14 billion in 2020–21 to $4.22 billion in
potentially influences wider India-Africa 2022–23.
cooperation.  In the financial year 2023–24, bilateral trade
 Energy Security Partnership: Angola is India’s amounted to $4.19 billion, with Indian exports
second-largest African supplier of crude oil reaching an all-time high of $698 million.
and liquefied natural gas (LNG), after Nigeria.  India’s key exports to Angola include
  Approximately 90% of Angola’s USD 3.5 pharmaceuticals, machinery, vehicles, and
billion exports to India are energy-related, food products.
underlining the vital role of energy trade in  On the other hand, India primarily imports
bilateral relations. crude oil from Angola, which accounts for
 Soft Power and Development Diplomacy: approximately 90% of the bilateral trade, along
Three Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) with diamonds and petroleum products.
were signed during the visit:
ˆˆ India-Africa Relations
  One in the field of agriculture.
 India is Africa’s fourth-largest trading partner, with
  One in traditional medicine.
bilateral trade reaching about USD 100 billion and
  One in culture.
cumulative investments exceeding USD 75 billion.
 These MoUs reflect India’s broader development
 The African Continental Free Trade Area
diplomacy and commitment to promoting cultural
Agreement (AfCFTA) promises deeper economic
and people-to-people ties.
integration, which India supports through its duty-
ˆˆ Key Facts about Angola free tariff preference (DFTP) scheme.
 Geographical Location: Angola is situated on  This scheme extends duty-free access to 98.2% of
the southwestern coast of Africa, boasting a India’s total tariff lines, benefiting 33 African Least
strategically important coastline along the Atlantic Developed Countries (LDCs).
Ocean to its west.  India supports maritime security through:
 Capital City: The capital of Angola is Luanda,   Djibouti Code of Conduct
which serves as a major maritime center and is a   Western Indian Ocean radar networks
significant hub for the country’s oil exports.   AIKEYME naval exercises

CURRENT DRISHTI (40) June, 2025

 Sample Registration System (SRS) 2021
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l 2021 Estimates: Key Indicators l Birth Rate l Death Rate l Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) l As per
SRS 2021 Report l SRS based Abridged Life Tables 2017-21

ˆˆ Why in News?  The analysis includes Bigger States/Union

 As per the Sample Registration System (SRS) Territories with populations exceeding 10
Report 2021 released by the Registrar General million as per Census 2011.
of India (RGI), on May 7, 2025, India has ˆˆ Birth Rate
continued to witness a significant improvement  Definition: Crude measure of fertility indicating
in key maternal and child health indicators. the number of live births per thousand population
 As per the Special Bulletin on Maternal
in a given region and year.
Mortality in India, 2019-21 based on the Sample  Trend Analysis:
Registration System (SRS), the Maternal   Declined from 36.9 in 1971 to 19.3 in 2021.
Mortality Ratio (MMR) of the country has shown   A reduction of 11% over the last decade
a marked reduction, declining by 37 points from
(21.6 in 2012 to 19.3 in 2021).
130 per lakh live births in 2014–16 to 93 in
 Rural-Urban Gap:
2019–21.
  Rural: Declined from 23.1 to 20.9 (10%
 The Sample Registration System (SRS)
decrease).
provides reliable annual estimates of key
  Urban: Declined from 17.4 to 15.9 (9%
demographic indicators such as:
decrease).
  Infant Mortality Rate (IMR)
  Birth Rate Birth Rate, 2012-2021

  Death Rate
  Other Fertility & Mortality Indicators
 It is a large-scale demographic survey conducted
annually by the Office of the Registrar General,
India, covering all States and Union Territories.
ˆˆ 2021 Estimates: Key Indicators
 The SRS Bulletin for 2021 presents the
estimates for:
Birth Rate: 19.3 per thousand population.
 
Death Rate: 7.5 per thousand population.
   The gap between rural and urban areas has
Infant Mortality Rate (IMR): 27 infant
  narrowed but remains significant.
deaths per thousand live births.  In 2021, the highest Birth Rate has been
Natural Growth Rate: Derived from the
  observed at 25.6 in Bihar, whereas Andaman
difference between Birth Rate and Death & Nicobar Islands has the lowest Birth Rate of
Rate. 10.6.

June, 2025 (41) CURRENT DRISHTI

ˆˆ Death Rate  In 2021, the maximum IMR has been reported
 Definition: Number of deaths per thousand in Madhya Pradesh (41) and the minimum in
population in a specific region and time frame. Manipur, Mizoram and Sikkim (4).
 Trend Analysis:
ˆˆ As per SRS 2021 Report,
  Dropped from 14.9 in 1971 to 6.0 in 2020.
 Eight (8) States have already attained SDG target
  However, increased to 7.5 in 2021.
of MMR (<=70 by 2030): Kerala (20), Maharashtra
  Rural Areas: Increased from 6.4 in 2020
(38), Telangana (45), Andhra Pradesh (46),
to 7.9 in 2021. Tamil Nadu (49), Jharkhand (51), Gujarat (53),
  Urban Areas: Rose from 5.1 in 2020 to 6.6 Karnataka (63).
in 2021.  Twelve (12) States/UT have already attained SDG
 The rise in 2021 is notable after consistent target of U5MR (<=25 by 2030): Kerala (8), Delhi
declines over the past decades. (14), Tamil Nadu (14), Jammu & Kashmir (16),
 In 2021, Chhattisgarh has recorded the highest Maharashtra (16), West Bengal (20), Karnataka
Death Rate of 10.1, whereas the lowest Death (21), Punjab (22), Telangana (22), Himachal
Rate has been recorded in Delhi and Chandigarh Pradesh (23), Andhra Pradesh (24) and Gujarat
at 5.4. (24).
 Six (6) States/ UT have already attained SDG
Death Rate, 2012-2021 target of NMR (<=12 by 2030): Kerala (4), Delhi
(8), Tamil Nadu (9), Maharashtra (11), Jammu &
Kashmir (12) and Himachal Pradesh (12).
 While significant progress is observed in terms
of reduced infant mortality and declining
birth rates, the increase in Death Rate in 2021
reflects the need for enhanced public health
interventions, particularly in rural regions.
ˆˆ ‘SRS based Abridged Life Tables 2017-21’
 The report on ‘SRS based Abridged Life Tables
ˆˆ Infant Mortality Rate (IMR)
 Definition: Number of infant deaths (under one
2017-21’ was also presented in May 2025. The
year) per thousand live births in a given period report contains the probabilities of death and
and region. average longevity at various broad age groups.
 Trend Analysis: The salient features of the report are as
  Dropped from 129 in 1971 to 27 in 2021— summarized below –
a fourfold reduction.  Expectation of life at birth for India has been
  In the last decade, IMR has reduced by 36%. estimated at 69.8 years for the period 2017-21,
  Rural Areas: Declined from 46 to 30 (35% exhibiting a decrease of 0.2 years from 2016-
reduction). 20.
  Urban Areas: Dropped from 28 to 18 (36%   The life expectancy at birth varies from
reduction). 64.6 in Chhattisgarh to 74.9 in Delhi.
  Despite the decline, 1 in every 37 infants  The expectation of life at birth is 68.5 years in
dies within the first year of life at the rural areas and 72.9 years in urban areas for
national level. 2017-21. The life expectancy has decreased by
0.1 years and 0.3 years respectively for rural
Infant Morality Rate, 2012-2021
and urban areas as compared to 2016-20.
 At the national level, the life expectancy at birth
for males has been estimated at 68.2 years and
that for females, at 71.6 years.
  Expectation of life at birth is highest in Delhi
(73.0 years) for males and in Kerala (77.9
years) for females, whereas it is lowest in
Chhattisgarh (62.8 years for males and
66.4 years for females).

CURRENT DRISHTI (42) June, 2025

 For the period 2017-21, the life expectancy at Even at age 70 years, this difference is
 
age one year, after surviving through the first favorable towards females by about one
year of life, has been 69.5 years and 73.1 years year.
for males and females respectively.  The gap between the rural and urban life
 The expectation of life at age 60 is 18.1 years expectancy has also narrowed down significantly
for 2017-21, with 17.2 years for males and 19.1 from 1970-75 to 2017-21.
years for females.   In case of life expectancy at birth, most
 Almost all the States/UTs have recorded a of the states have reported higher life
higher life expectancy at birth for females in expectancy in urban areas than in rural
2017-21 both across the rural and urban areas, areas, except for Kerala.
except for Jharkhand.   There is a difference of about 4.4 years
  On an average, female life expectancy at in urban-rural life expectancy at birth
birth is more than male life expectancy at and about 1.9 years in urban-rural life
birth by more than two years. expectancy at age 70, for the country.

Human Development Report 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Summary of the Report l Global Human Development Trends l Top and Bottom Performers
l Widening Global Inequality l India’s Human Development Index (HDI) Ranking l Regional Comparison l Progress
in Key Areas l Challenges Impacting India’s HDI l Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) l Global Multidimensional
Poverty Index, 2024 (GMPI, 2024) l Gender Development Index (GDI) l Gender Inequality Index (GII) l Gender
Disparity in India l Technology and AI Penetration in India l Planetary Pressures-adjusted Human Development
Index (PHDI), 2023

ˆˆ Why in News?  AI-driven progress is uneven, with developing

Recently on May 06, 2025, the United Nations regions lagging behind, potentially increasing
Development Programme (UNDP) released the inequalities.
Human Development Report (HDR) for 2025,
 AI and Human Agency
highlighting India’s progress in life expectancy,
education, and income levels.  AI complements human capabilities but does
 Title: A Matter of Choice: People and Possibilities not replace human judgment, creativity, and
in the Age of AI emotional intelligence.
 Published by: United Nations Development  The narrative of AI replacing jobs is
Programme (UNDP) misleading; rather, it can augment productivity
 Main Focus: The report explores the transfor- if applied strategically.
mative power of Artificial Intelligence (AI) on  New roles and tasks are emerging that require
human development and its potential to either human oversight of AI, such as trainers,
empower or marginalize societies based on the explainers, and sustainers.
choices made today.  There is a need for responsible AI deployment
ˆˆ Key Summary of the Report to prevent entrenching social biases and
inequalities.
 Human Development in the Age of AI
 Human Development Pathways and
 AI is seen as a “new electricity” – a general-
Digital Divide
purpose technology that has the capacity to
transform multiple sectors.  Digital transformation is widening the gap
 The report emphasizes that AI’s impact between high HDI (Human Development Index)
is shaped by human choices—not just and low HDI countries.
technological possibilities.  AI adoption in education, healthcare, and work
 The critical question is not what AI can do, but is expected to grow across all HDI levels, but
how it can be harnessed to empower people access remains a barrier for many low-HDI
and enhance development. nations.

June, 2025 (43) CURRENT DRISHTI

 The report highlights India’s high penetration equip people with skills for an AI-driven world.
of AI skills, the highest globally, showing  AI’s adaptability allows for personalized
significant potential for technology-driven learning and health interventions, which can
growth. bridge existing service gaps.
 The report calls for investing in digital
 Building a Complementarity Economy
infrastructure to reduce the digital divide.
 The report proposes a complementarity
economy, where AI augments human tasks ˆˆ Global Human Development Trends
rather than replaces them.  The global Human Development Index
 AI in radiology and software development (HDI) saw its smallest increase since 1990,
shows how AI can assist human workers rather excluding the crisis years of 2020-2021.
than displace them.  If pre-Covid trends had continued, most
 A focus on “augmentation over automation” is countries could have achieved very high human
crucial for sustainable development. development by 2030; however, this target is
now projected to be delayed by several decades.
 Driving Innovation with Intent
 The report emphasizes that global progress
 Policies should steer AI towards human- in human development is stalling, affecting
centric innovations. both low- and medium-income countries
 Emphasizes the role of open-source AI to disproportionately.
make technology accessible and adaptable to
local contexts.
ˆˆ Top and Bottom Performers
 Iceland topped the list with an HDI of 0.972,
 The report suggests fiscal measures and
making it the highest-ranked country in the
social dialogues to protect workers and promote
Human Development Index for 2025.
inclusive growth.
 At the opposite end of the spectrum, South
 Investing in Capabilities That Count Sudan recorded the lowest HDI, standing
 Human development in the AI era requires at 0.388, reflecting severe developmental
investing in education and healthcare to challenges.

Human SDG 3 SDG 4.3 SDG 4.4 SDG 8.5 GNI per HDI
Development Life Expected Mean Gross national capita rank
Index (HDI) expectancy years of years of income (GNI) rank
at birth schooling schooling per capita minus
HDI rank
Value (years) (years) (years) (2021 PPP 5)
HDI RANK 2023 2023 2021 2023 2023 2021 2022
Very High Human Development
1 Iceland 0.972 82.7 18.9 13.9 69,317 12 3
2 Norway 0.970 83.3 18.8 13.1 112,710 0 1
2 Switzerland 0.970 84.0 16.7 13.9 81,949 5 2
4 Denmark 0.962 81.9 18.7 13.0 76,008 4 4
5 Germany 0.959 81.4 17.3 14.3 64,053 13 6
5 Sweden 0.959 83.3 19.0 12.7 66,302 10 4
7 Australia 0.958 83.9 20.7 12.9 58,277 14 8
8 Hong Kong, China (SAR) 0.955 85.5 16.9 12.4 69,436 4 9
8 Netherlands 0.955 82.2 18.6 12.7 68,344 6 7
10 Belgium 0.951 82.1 19.0 12.7 63,582 9 13

130 India 0.685 72.0 13.0 6.9 9,047 -7 133

ˆˆ Widening Global Inequality ones face stagnation.

 The disparity between high-HDI and low-HDI  This increasing inequality is linked to disparities in
countries has been growing, with wealthier digital access, technological advancements,
nations continuing to progress while poorer and economic opportunities.

CURRENT DRISHTI (44) June, 2025

 Human Inequality-adjusted Janani Suraksha Yojana
 
Development HDI (IHDI) Poshan Abhiyaan
 
Index (HDI)
 Education
Value Value Overall Difference
loss from HDI  The mean years of schooling in India have
(%) rank
significantly increased, with children now
HDI RANK 2023 2023 2023 2023 expected to stay in school for 13 years, up from
Very high human development 8.2 years in 1990.
1 Iceland 0.972 0.923 5.0 0  Key education policies contributing to this
2 Norway 0.970 0.909 6.3 0 progress include:
2 Switzerland 0.970 0.894 7.8 -2   Right to Education Act (2009) – Ensures
4 Denmark 0.962 0.909 5.5 2 free and compulsory education for children.
5 Germany 0.959 0.890 7.2 -3   National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 –
5 Sweden 0.959 0.886 7.6 -4 Aims to overhaul India’s education system.
7 Australia 0.958 0.873 8.9 -5   Samagra Shiksha Abhiyan – Focuses on
8 Hong Kong, 0.955 0.839 12.1 -16 universal access and quality education.
China (SAR)  Despite improvements in access, quality and
8 Netherlands 0.955 0.892 6.6 3 learning outcomes still need enhancement.
10 Belgium 0.951 0.891 6.3 4  National Income Growth
130 ndia 0.685 0.475 30.7 -10
 India’s Gross National Income (GNI) per
ˆˆ India’s Human Development Index (HDI) capita increased over fourfold, from USD
Ranking 2,167 in 1990 to USD 9,046 in 2023, measured
 India improved its HDI ranking from 133rd using 2021 Purchasing Power Parity (PPP).
in 2022 to 130th in 2023, with its HDI value  An impressive 135 million Indians escaped
increasing from 0.676 to 0.685. multidimensional poverty between 2015-16
 Despite being categorized under “medium and 2019-21, contributing positively to the HDI.
human development,” India is steadily  India’s Emergence as an AI Leader
progressing towards the threshold for “high
 India is rapidly emerging as a global leader
human development” (HDI ≥ 0.700).
in AI skills, with the highest self-reported AI
ˆˆ Regional Comparison skills penetration in the world.
 Among India’s neighboring countries:  20% of Indian AI researchers now remain
 China ranks 78th, reflecting significant in the country, a remarkable rise from almost
developmental progress. zero in 2019.
Sri Lanka is placed at 89th, and Bhutan at
 
ˆˆ Challenges Impacting India’s HDI
125th, both ahead of India.
Bangladesh shares the 130th position
   Inequality and Gender Disparities
with India, showing comparable progress.  Inequality continues to be a major challenge,
Nepal (145th), Myanmar (150th), and
  reducing India’s HDI by 30.7%, one of the
Pakistan (168th) are positioned below India highest losses in the region.
in HDI rankings.  Gender disparities remain prominent:
ˆˆ Progress in Key Areas   Female labor force participation is at
41.7%, reflecting gender-based economic
 Life Expectancy barriers.
 India’s life expectancy surged from 58.6 years   Political representation of women also
in 1990 to 72 years in 2023, marking the lags behind global standards.
highest ever recorded.   Positive steps, such as the 106th
 This growth is largely attributed to national Constitutional Amendment, aim to
health initiatives like: reserve one-third of legislative seats for
  National Health Mission (NHM) women, signaling potential transformative
  Ayushman Bharat change.

June, 2025 (45) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Important Facts Related to India  In 2023, India recorded 15.5% inequality in life
 India has the highest self-reported AI skills expectancy, 36.9% inequality in education,
penetration globally, showcasing its strong and 37.4% inequality in income.
foothold in the technology landscape. ˆˆ Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)
 The country is emerging as a significant player  According to UNDP, measuring a person’s
in AI-driven innovation in both public and poverty solely based on income does not
private sectors. provide a comprehensive assessment.
 Digital infrastructure initiatives like Digital   For a holistic measurement of poverty, it
India are instrumental in boosting AI literacy and is essential to evaluate education, health,
accessibility. and other aspects of living standards.
 Inequality Adjusted Human Development   Keeping this fact in mind, in the Human
Index (IHDI) Development Report, the Human
Poverty Index (HPI), which was published
 The Inequality Adjusted Human Development
since 1997, was replaced with the
Index (IHDI) was first published in the Human
Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)
Development Report, 2010. This index
from the year 2010.
measures the level of human development in
 Developed by the Oxford Poverty and Human
unequal societies.
Development Initiative (OPHI) in collaboration
 In the case of a perfectly equal society,
with UNDP, this index is based on 10
the values of HDI and IHDI would be equal.
deprivations across the three dimensions of
However, if there are inequalities in health,
HDI (education, health, and living standards).
education, and income, the IHDI value would
be lower than the HDI value.  10 Deprivations of MPI
  The situation where IHDI is less than HDI  Education-related (Weight of each indicator:
represents inequality in society. 1/6):
 For measuring inequalities in income, 1. Years of Schooling
education, and health, the method developed 2. School Attendance
by British economist Anthony Barnes  Health-related (Weight of each indicator: 1/6):
Atkinson is used. 3. Child Mortality
 The Human Development Report, 2025 4. Nutrition
presented the IHDI of 170 countries.  Living Standards (Weight of each indicator:
 Global Ranking in IHDI: 1/18):
  Iceland holds the top position (IHDI value 5. Electricity
- 0.923). 6. Sanitation
  Norway and Denmark (jointly) are in the 7. Drinking Water
second position (IHDI value - 0.909). 8. Housing
  Switzerland is in the fourth position (IHDI 9. Cooking Fuel
value - 0.894). 10. Assets
 Inequality in India ˆˆ Global Multidimensional Poverty Index,
 In terms of equality, India’s status is not 2024 (GMPI, 2024)
encouraging:  According to GMPI, 2024, about 1.1 billion
  India’s Inequality Adjusted Human people (18.3%) in 112 developing countries
Development Index (IHDI) value is 0.475. are living in multidimensional poverty.
  Due to inequality, India’s IHDI value is  According to HDR, 2025, 18.3% of the global
30.7% lower than its HDI value (0.675), population remains in multidimensional
leading to a drop of 10 ranks in its overall poverty.
ranking.  India’s MPI Value:
  The inequality pushes India from the   In the year 2005-06, India’s MPI value was
medium human development category 0.283, which decreased to 0.069 in 2019-
to the low human development category. 21.

CURRENT DRISHTI (46) June, 2025

 16.4% of India’s population still lives in
   This index is based on three dimensions:
multidimensional poverty. 1. Health
ˆˆ Gender Development Index (GDI) 2. Empowerment
 The Gender Development Index (GDI) 3. Labour Market
represents the gender disparities in the three   These dimensions reflect the reduction in
dimensions of the Human Development Index human development capabilities due to
(HDI)—health, education, and income. gender inequalities.
 Under health, GDI measures the life  The GII ranges between 0 and 1, where:
expectancy at birth for both men and women.   A value of 0 represents complete equality.
 For education, it assesses the expected years   A value of 1 represents complete
of schooling for boys and girls, as well as inequality.
the average years of schooling for men and  In 2025, this index was presented for 172
women aged 25 and above. countries, while in HDR 2023/2024, it was
 For income, the estimated income earned presented for 166 countries.
by men and women is calculated to measure  According to HDR, 2025, the global GII value
gender inequality. for 2023 is 0.455.
 The GDI is represented as the ratio of the HDI  Among the countries with the highest gender
value for females (HDIf) to the HDI value for equality:
males (HDIm).   Denmark holds the top position (GII
 The closer the GDI value is to one (1), the value: 0.003).
less disparity exists between men and women   It is followed by Norway in the second
in that country. position (GII value: 0.004) and Sweden
 To represent gender development, countries in the third position (GII value: 0.007).
are divided into five categories based on their  Countries with the highest gender inequality
deviation from complete equality (1): include Yemen, Nigeria, Somalia, Chad, and
1. Countries with a GDI deviation (without Afghanistan.
positive/negative sign) of 2.5% or less  India’s GII value stands at 0.403, and its
are considered to have very high equality ranking in the Gender Inequality Index (GII)
and are placed in Category 1. for 2023 is 102nd.
2. Countries with a 2.5% to 5% deviation fall ˆˆ Gender Disparity in India
under High Equality (Category 2).  The condition of gender disparity in India is
3. Countries with a 5% to 7.5% deviation are concerning:
placed under Medium Equality (Category   India’s Gender Development Index (GDI)
3). value is 0.874, placing it in Group 5.
4. Countries with a 7.5% to 10% deviation   Notably, countries with a GDI deviation of
are categorized as Medium-Low Equality more than 10% from complete equality
(Category 4). are classified under Group 5.
5. Countries with a deviation of more than  In 2023, the HDI value for women in India was
10% are classified as Low Equality 0.631, while for men, it was 0.722.
(Category 5).  In the Gender Inequality Index (GII), 2023,
 In the 2023 Report, 184 countries were India is ranked 102nd out of 172 countries,
classified into these five categories. with a GII value of 0.403.
 According to the 2025 Report, India is placed   In 2020, India’s Maternal Mortality Ratio
in Group 5 under the Gender Development (MMR) stood at 103 per 100,000 live
Index (GDI). births, which is a matter of serious concern.
ˆˆ Gender Inequality Index (GII)   In 2023, the representation of women in
 The Gender Inequality Index (GII) was first Parliament was only 14.8% (compared
introduced in HDR, 2010. It measures the to the global average of 26.5%), and
inequality between men and women across women’s participation in the labor force
various dimensions of human development. was just 35.1%.

June, 2025 (47) CURRENT DRISHTI

 S. Indian ˆˆ Technology and AI Penetration in India
Indicator/Index Men Women  According to the report, India is home to
No. Average
Life Expectancy more than 5 million software developers,
1 at Birth (in 72.0 70.5 73.6 which is approximately equivalent to the entire
years) population of Ireland.
Average Years  Currently, 20% of India’s AI researchers are
2 6.9 8.0 5.8
of Schooling working domestically, while in 2019, this figure
Expected Years was almost zero.
3 13.0 12.9 13.0
of Schooling   It indicates that India has the highest
Human self-reported penetration of Artificial
4 Development 0.685 0.722 0.631 Intelligence (AI) skills.
Index (HDI)
ˆˆ Planetary Pressures-adjusted Human
Per Capita GNI
5 9,047 13,273 4,543 Development Index (PHDI), 2023
(in USD)
 In the Planetary Pressures-adjusted Human
Inequality
Development Index (PHDI) Report 2023,
6 Adjusted HDI 0.475 — —
Value
covering 156 countries, the United Kingdom
topped the list with a PHDI value of 0.827.
Gender
7 Inequality Index 0.403 — —
  In 2023, India’s PHDI value stood at 0.656,
Value (GII) reflecting a 4.2% reduction compared to
Gender its HDI value and a 14-rank increase in its
Development global positioning.
8 0.874 — —  Globally, the PHDI value is 0.680, which is
Index Value
(GDI) 10.1% lower than the global HDI value.

UK-India Free Trade Agreement (FTA)

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Recent Trade between India – UK l Key Highlights of the India-UK Free Trade Agreement (FTA)
l Challenges to the India-UK FTA l Way Ahead

ˆˆ Why in News? current prices, compared to the four quarters to

India and the United Kingdom (UK) signed a Free the end of Q4 2023).
Trade Agreement (FTA) on May 6, 2025, marking the  India was the UK’s 11th largest trading partner
culmination of negotiations that began in January in the four quarters to the end of Q4 2024
2022. accounting for 2.4% of total UK trade.
ˆˆ Recent Trade between India – UK ˆˆ Key Highlights of the India-UK Free Trade
 Total trade in goods and services (exports Agreement (FTA)
plus imports) between the UK and India was  The India-UK Free Trade Agreement (FTA)
£42.6 billion in the four quarters to the end of
is a landmark pact designed to promote deep
Q4 2024, an increase of 8.3% or £3.3 billion in
economic integration, trade liberalization, and
current prices from the four quarters to the end
significant tariff concessions.
of Q4 2023.
 It is a modern and comprehensive agree-
 Total UK exports to India amounted to £17.1
billion in the four quarters to the end of Q4 2024 ment that aims to enhance bilateral trade
(an increase of 5.8% or £945 million in current and investment opportunities across various
prices, compared to the four quarters to the end sectors.
of Q4 2023);  Comprehensive Market Access: India gains
 Total UK imports from India amounted to access to the UK market with tariff elimination
£25.5 billion in the four quarters to the end of on 99% of tariff lines, covering nearly 100% of
Q4 2024 (an increase of 10.1% or £2.3 billion in trade value.

CURRENT DRISHTI (48) June, 2025

 This creates vast opportunities for India’s
  Partners and dependents of Intra-Corporate
 
export sectors, enhancing competitiveness Transferees, with the right to work.
in the UK market. Independent professionals such as yoga
 
  India will reduce customs duties on 90% of instructors, musicians, and chefs.
UK tariff lines over a 10-year period.  Digital Services and Skilled Youth
  The UK will provide 99% duty-free access Opportunities: UK, being a global hub for
to Indian tariff lines from Day 1 of the digitally delivered services, offers immense
agreement. growth for Indian technology and digital
  Scotch Whisky and Gin: Ad-valorem professionals.
duty will be reduced from 150% to 75%   The agreement secures strong
immediately, and further to 40% by the commitments for Indian service suppliers in
10th year. digital and telecommunication services.
  Luxury Motor Cars: A Tariff Rate Quota  Social Security Exemptions: Indian workers
(TRQ) will reduce duties from over 100% temporarily in the UK, and their employers, are
to 10% for up to 40,000 units annually. exempt from social security contributions
for three years under the Double Contribution
  Other British Exports: Items like
Convention.
cosmetics, aerospace components,
  This leads to significant financial
medical devices, salmon, lamb,
savings and enhances Indian workers’
electrical machinery, chocolate, and
competitiveness in the UK market.
biscuits will see zero or very low tariffs.
 Addressing Non-Tariff Barriers: India has
 Boost to Key Manufacturing Sectors: The
ensured the FTA addresses non-tariff barriers
FTA positively impacts manufacturing, especially
effectively.
in labour-intensive and technology-driven
  Provisions are included to prevent
sectors. unjustified restrictions and to ensure the
  Key sectors benefitting include: Textiles, smooth flow of goods and services.
Marine Products, Leather, Footwear,  Regulatory Practices and Transparency: The
Sports Goods, Toys, Gems, and Jewellery. FTA promotes good regulatory practices and
  High-growth sectors like Engineering enhances transparency.
Goods, Auto Parts, Engines, and   These measures are in alignment with
Organic Chemicals. India’s focus on domestic reforms aimed
 Significant Employment Opportunities: at improving the ease of doing business.
Increased trade and manufacturing are projected
ˆˆ Challenges to the India-UK FTA
to create substantial employment opportunities
 Sector-specific Adjustment Pressures: Tariff
in India.
cuts on Scotch whisky may displace domestic
  Enhanced market access for Indian goods
grain-based spirits in India.
and services is expected to drive economic   Similarly, duty reductions on luxury electric
growth and job creation. vehicles could threaten emerging Indian
 Expanding Services Sector Opportunities: EV manufacturers.
One of the most ambitious service commitments  Historically Low Preference Utilisation:
from the UK, covering: IT/ITeS, Financial Past agreements, like the India-ASEAN FTA,
Services, Professional Services, Business showed only 22% utilisation due to paperwork,
Services, and Educational Services. awareness gaps, and logistics issues.
  Indian service providers, especially in   These challenges could also diminish
architecture, engineering, telecom, and theoretical gains from the UK FTA.
computer-related services, will benefit  Visa & Mobility Issues: India is pushing
from greater market access. for greater access for its students and
 Eased Mobility for Indian Professionals: professionals, while the UK maintains tight
Simplified mobility provisions for: visa policies.
  Contractual Service Suppliers, Business  Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT) Dispute
Visitors, Investors, Intra-Corporate Resolution: India wants foreign firms to
Transferees. exhaust local legal remedies before moving

June, 2025 (49) CURRENT DRISHTI

 to international arbitration, a condition the UK movement for students and professionals.
opposes.  Finalizing Investment Protections: Ensure
 Regulatory Barriers: The UK seeks a mutually beneficial BIT that respects local
liberalization of India’s legal and financial legal procedures and arbitration rights.
sectors, but India resists this demand.  Sector-Specific Cooperation: Strengthen
 Geopolitical Factors: Domestic political partnerships in technology, digital trade, and
shifts and economic uncertainties in both green energy to boost bilateral trade.
nations may delay agreement finalization. The India-UK FTA has the potential to transform
ˆˆ Way Ahead bilateral trade and economic growth. Resolving
 Balanced Tariff Reductions: Both countries tariff issues, investment protection, and market
should aim for fair duty cuts that also protect access is crucial for a balanced agreement. A
domestic industries. successful deal would boost India’s global trade
 Enhancing Market Access: Address visa presence and strengthen its partnership with the
and mobility issues to facilitate smoother UK.

PM Inaugurates Vizhinjam International Seaport

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Features of VIS l Economic and Strategic Significance

ˆˆ Why in News? developed at an estimated cost of Rs. 8,800

 Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated crore, under the Public-Private Partnership
the Vizhinjam International Seaport (VIS) in (PPP) on a Design, Build, Finance, Operate,
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, on May 2, and Transfer (DBFOT) basis.
2025.   The project was executed by Adani
 This significant development marks India’s first Ports and Special Economic Zone Ltd
deep-water container transshipment port, aiming (APSEZ).
to enhance the nation’s maritime infrastructure
 Phase 2 expansion: By 2028, Phase 2 will
and reduce dependence on foreign ports for
extend the berth by 1,200 metres, reclaim 77
cargo transshipment.
hectares of sea using dredged material, and
ˆˆ Key Features of VIS increase total capacity to 3 million TEUs (twenty-
 Strategic Location: Situated just 10 nautical foot equivalent units) annually.
miles from major international shipping routes,
 Reducing Foreign Dependence: Currently,
the port is ideally positioned to serve as a global
around 75% of India’s transshipped cargo is
transshipment hub.
handled by foreign ports. Vizhinjam aims to
 Deep Natural Draft: With a natural depth of 24
reclaim this traffic, enhancing national economic
meters, Vizhinjam can accommodate ultra-large
container vessels (ULCVs) without extensive security.
dredging, reducing maintenance costs.  Employment Generation: The port is
 Technological Advancement: Vizhinjam expected to create numerous direct and indirect
seaport, India’s first semi-automated port, is employment opportunities, fostering economic
equipped with an AI-driven control room and growth in the region.
the country’s first Indigenous Vessel Traffic The inauguration of Vizhinjam International
Management System (VTMS). Seaport is a pivotal step towards transforming
 Connectivity: Proximity to National Highway India into a major player in global maritime trade.
66, a main rail line, and Trivandrum International By offering state-of-the-art facilities and strategic
Airport ensures seamless multimodal advantages, the port is poised to attract significant
connectivity. international shipping traffic, bolster the economy,
ˆˆ Economic and Strategic Significance and contribute to the nation’s self-reliance in maritime
 Investment and Development: The port is logistics.

CURRENT DRISHTI (50) June, 2025

 NITI Aayog Report on “Enhancing
Competitiveness of MSMEs in India”
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Findings l High Informalization l Lack of Formal Credit Access l Skill Gaps l Product
Diversification Challenges l Compliance Burden l Inadequate Infrastructure & Outdated Technology l The “Missing
Middle” Problem l Key Recommendations

ˆˆ Why in News?  Many MSMEs rely on informal credit channels

NITI Aayog, in collaboration with the Institute with high-interest rates (30–60%).
for Competitiveness (IFC), released a report titled ˆˆ Skill Gaps
“Enhancing MSMEs Competitiveness in India.”  From 2014 to 2022, skilled labor increased by:
 The report outlines a comprehensive blueprint   19.94% in small enterprises
to unlock the potential of Micro, Small, and   20% in medium enterprises
Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) through reforms   12.72% in large enterprises
in financing, skilling, innovation, and market  Despite this growth, there remains a significant
access. skill mismatch, reflected in a 3.9% decline in
ˆˆ Key Findings knowledge-intensive hiring.
 The report identifies four major sectors for  MSMEs struggle to find trained manpower
focused development: aligned with industry requirements.
Textiles Manufacturing and Apparel
  ˆˆ Product Diversification Challenges
Chemical Products
   MSMEs face significant barriers to product
Automotive
  diversification due to:
Food Processing
  Limited market awareness
 
 It highlights the sector-specific challenges and Technical knowledge gaps
 
opportunities that need to be addressed to drive High costs for machinery and marketing
 
growth and enhance global competitiveness.  Although diversified firms saw an 18% growth
 Analysis is based on firm-level data and the in their customer base, issues like high
Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) to development costs and poor marketing limit
identify gaps and potential areas for growth. their brand establishment and international
 As per the NITI Aayog Report on MSMEs – market entry.

ˆˆ High Informalization ˆˆ Inadequate Infrastructure & Outdated

 Over 90% of MSMEs in India remain informal,
Technology
 Despite India’s 40th rank in the 2023 Global
with only 9% of registered firms transitioning
Innovation Index, MSMEs have limited
from unregistered status.
access to advanced technology and reliable
 Despite initiatives like the Udyam Portal (95
infrastructure.
lakh registrations vs. 6.34 crore total MSMEs),
 Only 6% of MSMEs use e-commerce, and
high compliance costs and regulatory
45% have adopted AI, indicating slow digital
burdens discourage formalization. adoption.
 This limits access to credit, government  High costs and inconsistent infrastructure
schemes, and integration into global value prevent scalable growth and global integration.
chains.
ˆˆ The “Missing Middle” Problem
ˆˆ Lack of Formal Credit Access  Despite schemes like ECLGS (Emergency
 Credit access for MSMEs saw a rise from 14% Credit Line Guarantee Scheme) and Startup
to 20% for micro/small enterprises and 4% to India, many MSMEs struggle to access
9% for medium enterprises between 2020 and government support due to low awareness.
2024.  India’s MSME sector is heavily skewed towards
 Despite improvements, only 19% of MSME micro-enterprises (97.92%), with small
credit demand was met formally in FY21. enterprises (1.89%) and medium enterprises

June, 2025 (51) CURRENT DRISHTI

 (0.01%) severely underrepresented.  Promote AI adoption with subsidies and
 Challenges include: grants.
  Strict regulations  Invest in Industry 4.0 technologies to prevent
  High compliance costs obsolescence.
  Limited access to finance
 Upgrading the Innovation Ecosystem
  Low productivity levels
 Strengthen IFCs for research, innovation, and
ˆˆ Key Recommendations by NITI Aayog on
technology upgrades.
Enhancing MSMEs Competitiveness  Upgrade CFCs to IFC standards to boost
 Reforming MSME Credit Access productivity.
 Revamp CGTMSE to improve oversight and  Boosting Market Access and Supply
reduce risk premiums. Chain Management
 Expand NBFCs in remote areas with SIDBI
 Provide export incentives and digital support
support.
for market expansion.
 Lower eligibility barriers for capital and interest
 Invest in supply chain infrastructure and
subsidies at the state level.
quality certifications.
 Skilling and Workforce Alignment  Promote food processing MSMEs through
 Invest in STEM education and vocational trade fairs and export programs.
training for rural areas.  Improving Policy Monitoring &
 Align training with industry needs and focus on Engagement
financial literacy.
 Enhance policy awareness and outreach at
 Provide partial subsidies for state-level training
the state level.
programs.
 Conduct regular surveys to assess policy
 Driving Technology & AI Adoption effectiveness.
 Enhance supply chains with digital risk  Capture informal sector MSMEs in datasets
management and insurance products. for better targeting.

Amalgamation of Regional Rural Banks (RRBs)

ˆˆ Article Index
lWhy in News? l Key Highlights l About RRB l History of RRB Amalgamation l Key Benefits of the ‘One State,
One RRB’ Initiative

ˆˆ Why in News?  This strategic move aims to streamline

 The amalgamation of 26 Regional Rural Banks operations, reduce redundancy, and optimize
(RRBs) across 11 States and Union Territories resource allocation in the banking sector.
(UTs) has come into effect on May 16, 2025.
 This marks the fourth phase of the RRB
ˆˆ About RRB
amalgamation, aimed at strengthening the  Regional Rural Banks were established in
RRBs, enhancing governance, improving credit 1975 based on the recommendations of the
flow, and advancing financial inclusion. Narasimham Working Group.
  The first five RRBs were set up on 2nd
ˆˆ Key Highlights
October 1975 through an ordinance, which
 The amalgamation was done by the Central
Government in exercise of the powers conferred was later replaced by the Regional Rural
under Regional Rural Banks Act, 1976. Banks Act, 1976.
 The latest amalgamation is based on the  Ownership: Jointly owned by Government
principle of “One State, One RRB,” notified by of India (50% stake), the concerned State
the Department of Financial Services (DFS) Government (15%), and the sponsoring
on April 8, 2025. commercial bank (35%).

CURRENT DRISHTI (52) June, 2025

 Regulation and Supervision: RRBs are  Objective of RRB Establishment
regulated by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)   RRBs were originally established in 1975
under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and with the purpose of developing the rural
supervised by the National Bank for Agriculture economy.
and Rural Development (NABARD). Their primary objectives include providing
 
  For tax purposes, they are treated as credit and other banking facilities to:
cooperative societies under the Income Small and marginal farmers; Agricultural
Tax Act, 1961. labourers; Artisans; Small entrepreneurs.
 Requirements The aim is to boost agriculture, trade,
 
  Must allocate 75% of ANBC (Adjusted Net commerce, industry, and other
Bank Credit) or CEOBE (Credit Equivalent productive activities in rural regions.
of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure) whichever ˆˆ Key Benefits of the ‘One State, One RRB’
is higher to Priority Sector Lending
Initiative
(PSL).
 The initiative is expected to boost RRB business
  Must maintain a Capital to Risk-Weighted
from 3.7% to 5.2% of India’s GDP by FY30.
Assets Ratio (CRAR) of 9%, as per RBI
 It will create a stronger capital base, helping
norms.
meet RBI’s capital adequacy requirements.
ˆˆ History of RRB Amalgamation  Liquidity will improve due to better fund
 The amalgamation process began in phases: availability and greater operational scale.
  Phase-I (2006-2010): RRBs were reduced  Compliance processes like KYC and anti-money
from 196 to 82. laundering checks will be centralized and more
  Phase-II (2013-2015): Further efficient.
consolidation brought the number down  The lending capacity to rural sectors, especially
from 82 to 56. MSMEs and agriculture, will be enhanced.
  Phase-III (2019-2021): The count was  It will promote financial inclusion through wider
further reduced from 56 to 43. digital reach and product innovation.
  Phase-IV (2025): This current phase has  RRBs will offer modern digital services such as
consolidated 26 RRBs into a more efficient Micro-ATMs, call centers, net banking, IMPS,
structure. and Video KYC.
 Impact of the Recent Amalgamation  The amalgamation will increase competitiveness
  Post-amalgamation, there are now 28 by enabling localised and diversified financial
RRBs operating across 26 States and 2 products.
Union Territories, with a total of 22,000  A consolidated IT infrastructure will strengthen
branches. cybersecurity, fraud control, and data analytics.
  These branches collectively serve 700 The fourth phase of RRB amalgamation represents
districts, primarily focusing on rural and a pivotal step towards banking modernization in
semi-urban areas, where 92% of the rural areas, aligning with the government’s vision of
branches are located. inclusive growth and robust rural development.

Automotive Industry: Powering India’s

Participation in Global Value Chains (GVCs)
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Significance of India’s Automotive Industry l Global Automotive Component Market and India’s
Share l Future Roadmap and Projections l Strategic Importance of the Automotive Sector l Key Challenges
Hindering Global Value Chain (GVC) Integration l Proposed Interventions for GVC Integration l Conclusion
ˆˆ Recent Context Value Chains.”
 On April 11, 2025, NITI Aayog released  The report was launched by Vice Chairman
a comprehensive report titled “Automotive Suman Bery, along with senior members and
Industry: Powering India’s Participation in Global the CEO of NITI Aayog.

June, 2025 (53) CURRENT DRISHTI

 It outlines India’s Global Value Chain (GVC) ˆˆ Strategic Importance of the Automotive
potential in the automotive sector and proposes Sector
strategic pathways for global leadership in the  The automotive industry:
industry. Contributes 7.1% to India’s GDP.
 
Accounts for 49% of India’s manufacturing
 
ˆˆ Significance of India’s Automotive
GDP.
Industry Provides employment to millions and creates
 
 The report finds that automotive sector is crucial linkages with the steel, electronics,
a cornerstone of India’s manufacturing and and IT sectors.
economic growth, contributing 7.1% to India’s Holds a 3% share in globally traded auto
 
GDP and 49% to manufacturing GDP. components, equivalent to $20 billion.
  India is the fourth-largest automobile
producer globally, highlighting its scale ˆˆ Key Challenges Hindering Global Value
and strategic depth. Chain (GVC) Integration
 Cost Disadvantage of 10% Compared to
 The sector encompasses a vast ecosystem
including vehicle assembly, auto component China:
  Higher costs for raw materials and
manufacturing, and deep interlinkages with
machinery.
steel, electronics, rubber, IT, and logistics.
  100% depreciation rate in India versus
 In 2023–24, India manufactured over 28 million
50% in China, adding a 3.4% cost burden.
vehicles, signifying substantial industrial output
  Elevated logistics, financing, and energy
and employment generation.
costs.
ˆˆ Global Automotive Component Market  Underperformance in High-Precision
and India’s Share Segments:
 The global automotive component market   India’s global share is only 2–4% in engine
was valued at $2 trillion in 2022, with $700 and engine components, along with drive
billion traded across borders. transmission and steering systems.
 Despite India’s strong manufacturing capabilities,   Limited presence in high-value segments
its share in the global auto component market is due to an inadequate R&D ecosystem
only 3% (~$20 billion). and restricted Intellectual Property (IP)
 India’s trade ratio in auto components is near- ownership.
neutral (~0.99), indicating a balance between
ˆˆ Proposed Interventions for GVC Integra-
exports and imports.
tion
 However, India’s penetration in high-value, high-
 Fiscal Measures:
precision segments like engine components,
  Operational Expenditure (Opex) Support:
drive transmission, and steering systems
Focus on scaling up manufacturing
remains limited, with just 2–4% of global trade
capabilities with investments in tooling,
share.
dies, and infrastructure.
 Bridging this gap would require structural
Skill Development: Initiatives to build
 
reforms, strategic investments, and a
a talent pipeline to sustain growth in the
coordinated industrial policy approach.
sector.
ˆˆ Future Roadmap and Projections R&D and IP Transfer: Government
 
 With strategic reforms and industrial policies, support for research, development, and
India has the potential to triple its exports to international branding to improve product
$60 billion by 2030. quality and empower MSMEs through IP
 This growth is expected to generate a $25 transfers.
billion trade surplus and create 2–2.5 million Cluster Development: Promotion of
 
direct jobs, reinforcing India’s position as a collaborative ecosystems with R&D and
globally competitive, innovation-driven testing centers to enhance the supply chain
manufacturing hub. and foster innovation.

CURRENT DRISHTI (54) June, 2025

 Non-Fiscal Reforms: and free trade agreements (FTAs) for
  Industry 4.0 Adoption: Promotion of digital greater global market access.
technologies and enhanced manufacturing Ease of Doing Business: Simplification of
 
standards for higher efficiency. regulatory processes, flexibility in worker
International Collaboration: Encourage
  hours, supplier discovery, and improved
joint ventures (JVs), foreign collaborations, business conditions for automotive firms.

Revised SHAKTI Policy

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l About SHAKTI Policy l Key Enhancements l India’s Coal Sector

ˆˆ Why in News? supply and affordable tariffs.

 The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs  Aims to generate more electricity, lower power
(CCEA) on May 07, 2025 approved the Revised costs, and positively impact the economy.
SHAKTI Policy (Scheme for Harnessing and ˆˆ India’s Coal Sector
Allocating Koyala Transparently in India).  Production: India crossed the milestone of 1
 This revision aims to ensure greater efficiency,
billion tonnes of coal production in FY 2024–25.
transparency, and inclusivity in coal allocation
  Output increased by 4.99% over the
for the power sector.
previous year, making India the second-
ˆˆ About SHAKTI Policy largest coal producer globally.
 Introduced in 2017, the SHAKTI Policy marked  Imports: Coal imports dropped by 8.4%,
a shift from nomination-based coal allocation to reducing import dependence and saving foreign
a transparent auction and tariff-based bidding exchange.
system.  Role in Energy Mix: Coal accounts for 55% of
 The revised policy introduces innovative features India’s energy mix.
to widen its reach and improve coal accessibility.   It powers over 74% of India’s total electricity
ˆˆ Key Enhancements generation.
 Provides greater flexibility in coal linkage   India holds the fifth-largest coal reserves
mechanisms. and is the second-largest coal consumer.
 Expands eligibility criteria, enabling more power  Major Coal Fields: Key coal-producing regions
producers to benefit. include Jharkhand, Odisha, West Bengal,
 Improves coal accessibility, ensuring reliable Chhattisgarh, and Madhya Pradesh.

Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) - April 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Objectives of the Revamped PLFS l Conceptual Framework of Key Indicators l Key findings

ˆˆ Why in News? ˆˆ Key Objectives of the Revamped PLFS

 India’s unemployment rate for April 2025 was The revamped PLFS is envisaged to address the
5.1%, according to the first monthly release of following objectives –
the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) on  Monthly Estimation: To estimate employment
May 15, 2025. and unemployment indicators such as Labour
 As a part of this continuous endeavour aimed Force Participation Rate (LFPR), Worker
at enhancing the surveys of NSS, the sampling Population Ratio (WPR), and Unemployment
design of PLFS has been revamped from Rate (UR) on a monthly basis for both rural
January 2025 to address the requirement of and urban areas at the all-India level in the
high frequency labour market indicators with Current Weekly Status (CWS).
enhanced coverage from PLFS.  Quarterly Estimates for Rural and Urban

June, 2025 (55) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Areas: For the first time, quarterly results of  WPR for female of age 15 years and above for
PLFS are extended to rural areas, ensuring com- rural and urban areas were respectively 36.8%
prehensive data covering both rural and urban and 23.5% in April, 2025 and the overall female
regions in the Current Weekly Status (CWS). WPR of the same age group at the country level
 Annual Estimates for Both Rural and Urban: was observed as 32.5%
Key employment and unemployment indicators  Unemployment Rate (UR) in CWS in among
are planned to be estimated in both Usual persons of age 15 years and above was 5.1% in
Status (ps+ss) and Current Weekly Status (CWS) April, 2025.
on an annual basis for rural and urban areas.   The male UR was a touch higher at 5.2%
 Monthly Bulletins: Data will be published in the compared to the female UR of 5.0% at the
form of Monthly Bulletins. The first edition was country level.
released for April 2025, marking the beginning
Labour Force Participation Rate (in per cent) in CWS for
of this series.
persons of age 15 years and above during April 2025
ˆˆ Conceptual Framework of Key Indicators Sector Age group Male Female Person
 The PLFS provides insights into critical 15-29 years 63.5 23.8 43.4
employment and unemployment indicators Rural 15 years and above 79.0 38.2 58.0
through well-defined terms:
all ages 57.5 28.8 42.9
  Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR):
15-29 years 59.1 21.5 41.2
Percentage of persons in the labour force
Urban 15 years and above 75.3 25.7 50.7
(working, seeking, or available for work) in
all ages 58.5 20.5 39.9
the population.
  Worker Population Ratio (WPR): 15-29 years 62.0 23.1 42.7
Rural +
Percentage of employed persons in the 15 years and above 77.7 34.2 55.6
Urban
total population. all ages 57.8 26.2 42.0
  Unemployment Rate (UR): Percentage of 2. Worker Population Ratio (in per cent) in CWS for
unemployed persons among those in the persons of age 15 years and above during April 2025
labour force. Sector Age group Male Female Person
  Current Weekly Status (CWS):
15-29 years 55.3 21.2 38.0
Represents the activity status of a person
Rural 15 years and above 75.1 36.8 55.4
based on the reference period of the last
all ages 54.7 27.7 41.0
7 days preceding the date of the survey.
15-29 years 50.2 16.4 34.1
ˆˆ Key findings Urban 15 years and above 71.0 23.5 47.4
 Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR) in
all ages 55.1 18.7 37.3
Current Weekly Status (CWS) among persons
15-29 years 53.6 19.8 36.8
of age 15 years and above was 55.6% during Rural +
15 years and above 73.7 32.5 52.8
April, 2025. urban
all ages 54.8 24.9 39.8
  LFPR in rural areas was 58.0% and LFPR
in urban areas was 50.7% for during April, 3.Unemployment Rate (in per cent) in CWS for persons
2025 for persons of the same age group. of age 15 years and above during April 2025
 LFPR in CWS for male of age 15 years and Sector Age group Male Female Person
above in rural and urban areas were respectively 15-29 years 13.0 10.7 12.3
79.0% and 75.3% during April, 2025.
Rural 15 years and above 4.9 3.9 4.5
 LFPR among female of age 15 years and above
all ages 4.9 3.8 4.5
for rural areas was 38.2% during April, 2025.
 Worker Population Ratio (WPR) in CWS in 15-29 years 15.0 23.7 17.2
rural areas among persons of age 15 years and Urban 15 years and above 5.8 8.7 6.5
above was 55.4%. all ages 5.8 8.7 6.5
  WPR in urban areas among persons of
15-29 years 13.6 14.4 13.8
the same age group was 47.4% with the Rural +
15 years and above 5.2 5.0 5.1
overall WPR at the country level observed urban
as 52.8% during April, 2025. all ages 5.2 5.0 5.1

CURRENT DRISHTI (56) June, 2025

 Record Production in Mining in FY 2024-25
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Highlights l Non-Ferrous Metals

ˆˆ Why in News? This significant rise reflects increased

 
 India’s mining sector witnessed an exceptional demand from alloy and battery industries.
year in FY 2024–25, building on the strong  Bauxite
foundation laid the previous fiscal year.  Output increased from 24 MMT to 24.7
 Provisional data released by the Ministry of MMT, a 2.9% growth.
Mines on May 5, 2025 highlights record-high Bauxite remains a crucial raw material for
 
production across several key minerals. aluminium production.
 India holds the fourth position globally in iron  Lead Concentrate
ore production.   Production grew by 3.1%, increasing from
 India is the 2nd largest Aluminium producer, 381 thousand tonnes (THT) to 393 THT.
among top-10 producer in refined copper and This rise supports India’s growing demand
 
4th largest iron ore producer in the world. for batteries and electronic components.
ˆˆ Key Highlights ˆˆ Non-Ferrous Metals
 Primary Aluminium
 Iron Ore
  Reached a record 42 lakh tonnes (LT), up
 Record Production: Iron ore production surged from 41.6 LT.
to an all-time high of 289 million metric tonnes India retains its position as the second-
 
(MMT). largest aluminium producer globally.
 Annual Growth: This marks a 4.3% increase  Refined Copper
over the previous record of 277 MMT set in FY   Production surged by 12.6%, from 5.09 LT
2023–24. to 5.73 LT.
 Economic Relevance: Iron ore accounts for India now ranks among the top 10
 
70% of total mineral production value under producers of refined copper in the world.
the Mineral Conservation and Development India’s mining sector has demonstrated resilience
Rules (MCDR). and strength, recording consistent growth across
 Driving Factor: Sustained demand from the strategic minerals.
steel industry was a key contributor to this With record outputs in iron ore, aluminium,
growth. copper, and manganese, the industry is poised to
 Manganese Ore play a foundational role in supporting India’s broader
  Production rose by 11.8%, from 3.4 MMT to industrial ambitions and infrastructure development
3.8 MMT. goals.

India’s Major Ports Achieve Historic Milestones

in FY 2024-25
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Highlights

ˆˆ Why in News? ˆˆ Key Highlights

India’s Major Ports have consistently demon-  In FY 2024-25, Major Ports registered an
strated remarkable progress over the past decade, impressive annual growth rate of 4.3% in cargo
with FY 2024-25 emerging as a milestone year in handling, increasing from 819 million tonnes
terms of cargo handling, operational efficiency, and in FY 2023-24 to ~855 million tonnes in FY
infrastructure modernisation. 2024-25.

June, 2025 (57) CURRENT DRISHTI

 This growth highlights the resilience and industrialization, projected to generate an
capacity of Major Ports in accommodating rising income of `7,565 crore in FY 2024-25.
trade volumes.  Furthermore, lessees are expected to make
 The increase in traffic was driven by higher future investments of `68,780 crore on the
container throughput (10%), fertilizer cargo allotted land, reaffirming investor confidence in
handling (13%), POL cargo handling (3%), port-led development.
and handling of miscellaneous commodities  Private sector participation has been instrumental
(31%) compared to the previous fiscal year. in this transformation, with investments in PPP
 Among commodities handled at Major Ports, projects at Major Ports increasing threefold,
Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants (POL)— from `1,329 crore in FY 2022-23 to `3,986
including crude, petroleum products, and LPG/ crore in FY 2024-25, highlighting strong investor
LNG—led the charts with a volume of 254.5 confidence.
million tonnes (29.8%), followed by container  Operational performance continued to improve
traffic at 193.5 million tonnes (22.6%), coal at in FY 2024-25, with Pre-Berthing Detention
186.6 million tonnes (21.8%), and other cargo (PBD) Time (on port account) improving by
categories such as iron ore, pellets, fertilizers, ~36% compared to FY 2023-24.
and more in FY 2024-25.  Financially, Major Ports witnessed an 8%
 For the first time in the history of Major Ports, increase in total income in FY 2024-25, rising
the Paradip Port Authority (PPA) and to `24,203 crore from `22,468 crore in FY
Deendayal Port Authority (DPA) surpassed 2023-24.
the 150-million-tonne cargo handling mark,  Similarly, operating surplus grew 7% to `12,314
reinforcing their status as key hubs of maritime crore in FY 2024-25 from `11,512 crore in FY
trade and operational excellence. 2023-24.
 Meanwhile, Jawaharlal Nehru Port Authority  Between FY 2014-15 and FY 2024-25, cargo
(JNPA) set a record by handling 7.3 million volumes surged from 581 million tonnes to
TEUs, reflecting a 13.5% year-on-year growth. approximately 855 million tonnes, reflecting
 In FY 2024-25, Indian ports collectively a robust Compound Annual Growth Rate
allocated 962 acres of land for port-led (CAGR) of ~4%.

Five new National Centres of Excellence for Skilling

ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Highlights l Backgrounder

ˆˆ Why in News? Rs.30,000 crore, State Share: Rs.20,000 crore

Recently on May 7, 2025 in a major step towards and Industry Share: Rs.10,000 crore), with co-
transforming vocational education in India, the Union financing to the extent of 50% of Central share
Cabinet chaired by the Prime Minister Narendra Modi by the Asian Development Bank and the World
has approved the National Scheme for Industrial Bank, equally.
Training Institute (ITI) Upgradation and the Setting  The scheme will focus on upgradation of 1,000
up of five (5) National Centres of Excellence for Government ITIs in hub and spoke arrangement
Skilling as a Centrally Sponsored Scheme. with industry aligned revamped trades (courses)
ˆˆ Key Highlights and Capacity Augmentation of five (5) National
 National Scheme for Industrial Training Institute Skill Training Institutes (NSTIs), including
(ITI) Upgradation and Setting up of five (5) setting up of five National Centres of Excellence
National Centres of Excellence (NCOE) for for Skilling in these institutes.
Skilling will be implemented as a Centrally  The Scheme aims to position existing ITIs
Sponsored Scheme as per announcement, as government-owned, industry-managed
made under Budget 2024-25 and Budget 2025- aspirational institutes of skills, in collaboration
26 with outlay of Rs.60,000 crore (Central Share: with State Governments and industry.

CURRENT DRISHTI (58) June, 2025

 Over a five-year period, 20 lakh youth will be a global manufacturing and innovation
skilled through courses that address the human powerhouse.
capital needs of industries.  It will create a pipeline of skilled workers aligned
 The scheme will focus on ensuring alignment with industry demand, thereby addressing
between local workforce supply and industry skill shortages in high-growth sectors such as
demand, thereby facilitating industries, including electronics, automotive, and renewable energy.
MSMEs, in accessing employment-ready ˆˆ Backgrounder
workers.  Vocational education and training can be
 Under the scheme, infrastructure upgradation an immense driver of economic growth and
for improved Training of Trainers (ToT) facilities productivity, as India embarks on its aspirational
will be undertaken in five National Skill. Training journey towards a developed nation by 2047.
Institutes (NSTIs), namely Bhubaneswar,  Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) have been the
Chennai, Hyderabad, Kanpur, and Ludhiana. backbone of vocational education and training
Additionally, pre-service and in-service training in India since the 1950s, operating under State
will be provided to 50,000 trainers. Governments.
 By addressing long-standing challenges in  While ITI network has expanded by nearly 47%
infrastructure, course relevance, employability, since 2014, reaching 14,615 across with 14.40
and the perception of vocational training, the lakh enrolment, vocational training via ITIs
scheme aims to position ITIs at the forefront remains less aspirational and have also suffered
to cater to skilled manpower requirement, from lack of systemic interventions to improve
aligned to the nation’s journey to becoming their infrastructure, and appeal.

‘Forward-Looking Survey on Private Sector Capex

Investment Intentions’ Survey
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Findings l CAPEX Results l Estimated Key Indicators for 2023-24 by Asset Groups
l Strategy of CAPEX in 2024-25 l Objectives of CAPEX in 2024-25

ˆˆ Why in News?  The estimated provisional capital expenditure

Recently on April 29, 2025 National Statistics per enterprise for purchasing new assets in
Office (NSO), under the Ministry of Statistics and 2024–25 is `172.2 crore.
Programme Implementation (MoSPI), released its  Overall increase of 66.3% in aggregate CAPEX
inaugural ‘Forward-Looking Survey on Private Sector (unweighted) over the four-year period from
Capex Investment Intentions’ survey.
2021-22 to 2024-25.
 Survey period: November 2024 to January 2025
 The strategy of 40.3% of enterprises is to
 Theme: Private Corporate Sector CAPEX:
undertake CAPEX on core assets during 2024–
Three-Year Trends and Future Outlook
25, followed by 28.4% to invest in value addition
ˆˆ Key Findings to existing assets.
 The average Gross Fixed Assets per enterprise
in the private corporate sector increased from ˆˆ CAPEX Results
`3,151.9 crore in 2021–22 to `3,279.4 crore in  Aggregated (Unweighted, i.e. without
2022–23 (4% growth), and further to `4,183.3 applying any multiplier) CAPEX during
crore in 2023–24, reflecting a significant 27.5% (2021-22 to 2025-26)
growth.
 The estimated CAPEX per enterprise for the  The results show an overall increase of 66.3%
years 2021–22, 2022–23, and 2023–24 was in aggregate CAPEX (unweighted) over the
`109.2 crore, `148.8 crore and `107.6 crore four-year period from 2021-22 to 2024-25 (in `
respectively. Crore):

June, 2025 (59) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Actual Actual Actual Intended Intended Percentage distribution of intended capital expenditure
CAPEX in CAPEX CAPEX CAPEX in CAPEX in
in 2024-25 by main activity
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26

394,681.5 572,199.7 422,183.3 656,492.7 488,865.5

 There is an overall increase of 23.9% in

26.7%
aggregate CAPEX (unweighted) during 2021- 43.8%
22 to 2025-26 for this fixed panel of 2,172
enterprises. 14.0%
 Estimated Key Indicators for past
years (2021-22 to 2023-24) by Industry 15.6%
of Activity as per National Industry of
Classification (Activity Categories) manufacturing information & communication
transportation & storage others
 The average Gross Fixed Asset (GFA) per
enterprise in the private corporate sector was ˆˆ Estimated Key Indicators for 2023-24 by
estimated at `3,151.9 crore in 2021–22. Asset Groups
 It increased by 4.0% to `3,279.4 crores in 2022–  The estimated provisional capital expenditure
23, and further grew by 27.5% to reach `4,183.3 per enterprise for acquiring new assets in 2024–
crore in 2023–24.
25 stands at `172.2 crore.
 The highest GFA per enterprise, exceeding
 Out of the total capital expenditure provisionally
`14,000 crore, was observed in the
incurred in the year 2024-25, nearly 53.1%
industry category ‘Electricity, Gas, Steam,
were utilized for purchasing machinery &
and Air Conditioning Supply’, followed by
equipment.
‘Manufacturing” enterprises (`7,000 crore to
 The amount allocated for ‘capital work in
`10,000 crore).
progress’ (22.0%) and purchasing ‘dwellings,
 Enterprises principally engaged in manufacturing
other buildings and structures’ (9.7%) had the
activities accounted for more than 65% of the
total Gross fixed asset in private corporate next highest share of allocation.
sector over the past three years from 2021-22 ˆˆ Strategy of CAPEX in 2024-25
to 2023-24 followed by enterprises engaged in  According to survey estimates, nearly 40.3%
‘Electricity, Gas, Steam, and Air Conditioning of enterprises plan to undertake CAPEX on
Supply’ (8%-10%). core assets during 2024–25. Additionally,
 In 2021–22, the estimated actual CAPEX per 28.4% intend to invest in value addition to
enterprise was `109.3 crore, compared to the existing assets, while around 11.5% focus
proposed value of `102.7 crore, resulting in a on opportunistic assets, and 2.7% on debt
realisation ratio of 106.41 %. strategies.
 For 2023–24, the realisation ratio stands at  The strategy of investing in distressed assets
99.7%, with the estimated actual CAPEX per
and non-performing loans was adopted by less
enterprise at `107.6 and the proposed CAPEX
than one-half of a percent of enterprises.
at `107.9.
 Meanwhile, about 16.9% allocated their
 The estimated provisional capital expenditure
CAPEX towards other diverse investment
per enterprise for acquiring new assets in 2024–
strategies.
25 stands at `172.2 crore.
 Among the sectors, manufacturing enterprises ˆˆ Objectives of CAPEX in 2024-25
account for the largest share at 43.8%, followed  The survey estimates indicate that nearly
by those in ‘Information and Communication 49.6% of private corporate sector enterprises
Activities’ (15.6%) and ‘Transportation and undertook CAPEX in 2024–25 primarily for
Storage Activities’ (14.0%). income generation.

CURRENT DRISHTI (60) June, 2025

 Cabinet approves Semiconductor Unit in Uttar
Pradesh
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights

ˆˆ Recent Context manufacturing hardware. Foxconn is a global

Recently on May 14, 2025 the Union Cabinet major in electronics manufacturing.
chaired by the Prime Minister Narendra Modi approved   Together they will set up a plant near Jewar
the establishment of one more semiconductor unit airport in Yamuna Expressway Industrial
under India Semiconductor Mission. Development Authority or YEIDA.
Already five semiconductor units are in advanced  This plant will manufacture display driver chips
stages of construction. for mobile phones, laptops, automobiles, PCs,
and myriad of other devices that have display.
ˆˆ Key Highlights  The plant is designed for 20,000 wafers per
 The unit approved is a joint venture of HCL and month.
Foxconn.  The design output capacity is 36 million units
 HCL has a long history of developing and per month.

Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for Kharif Crops

for Marketing Season 2025-26
ˆˆ Article Index
l Why in News? l Key Highlights l About Minimum Support Prices (MSP)

ˆˆ Why in News? and jowar, under the label “Shree Anna” to

The Central Government on May 28, 2025 encourage their cultivation and consumption.
announced the Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for   Ragi accounts for just 0.51 per cent of the
14 Kharif crops for the 2025-26 season. gross cropped area in the country and is
 This decision was taken by the Cabinet mainly cultivated in Karnataka, Tamil Nadu,
Committee on Economic Affairs, chaired by and Maharashtra.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi.   Jowar is predominantly grown in
Maharashtra, Karnataka, Rajasthan, Tamil
ˆˆ Key Highlights Nadu, and Uttar Pradesh.
 For the 2025-26 Kharif Marketing Season
 Among the 14 crops, moong, a pulse crop,
(KMS), ragi has received the highest increase in recorded the lowest hike in MSP. Its MSP has
MSP among all the crops. been raised by only 0.99 per cent, from ₹8,682
  The MSP for ragi has been raised by 13.89 per quintal in the previous season to ₹8,768 per
per cent, from ₹4,290 per quintal in the quintal for 2025-26.
previous season to ₹4,886 per quintal.   Moong is mainly cultivated in Rajasthan,
 Similarly, the MSP for jowar has also seen a Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and
notable hike. The MSP for jowar (hybrid) has Karnataka.
been fixed at ₹3,699 per quintal, while that for  Paddy, another major Kharif crop, has also seen
jowar (Maldandi) is ₹3,749 per quintal. a relatively low increase in MSP.
  Both represent an increase of nearly 10 per   The MSP for paddy (common) has
cent over the last Kharif season. Bajra has been fixed at ₹2,369 per quintal, and for
seen a more moderate increase of 5.71 paddy (Grade A) at ₹2,389 per quintal,
per cent, with its MSP rising from ₹2,625 to representing a 3 per cent increase
₹2,775 per quintal. compared to the previous season.
 In recent years, the government has been   The modest hike is primarily due to the
actively promoting millet crops, including ragi large stock of rice already held by the

June, 2025 (61) CURRENT DRISHTI

 government. According to the Food Soybean 4,892 5,328 436 8.91
Corporation of India (FCI), as of May 1, (yellow)
2025, the Central Pool had 381.47 lakh Cotton 7,121 7,710 589 8.27
metric tonnes (LMT) of rice and 318.73 (medium
LMT of unmilled paddy. Combined, the staple)
total rice stock stood at 595 LMT. Maize 2,225 2,400 175 7.87
 Among oilseeds, the Minimum Support Price Cotton 7,521 8,110 589 7.83
(MSP) for niger seed has been fixed at ₹9,537 (long
staple)
per quintal, which is 9.41 per cent higher than
Groundnut 6,783 7,263 480 7.08
the previous season.
Sesamum 9,267 9,846 579 6.25
  The MSP for soyabean (yellow) has been
set at ₹5,328 per quintal, marking an Sunflower 7,280 7,721 441 6.06
seed
increase of 8.91 per cent compared to the
Tur/Arhar 7,550 8,000 450 5.96
last season.
Bajra 2,625 2,775 150 5.71
 The MSP of groundnut has been increased by 7
per cent, while that of sunflower seed has gone Urad 7,400 7,800 400 5.41

up by 6 per cent. Paddy 2,300 2,369 69 3.00

(common)
 The MSP of cotton (medium staple) has been
Paddy 2,320 2,389 69 2.97
raised by 8.27 per cent, and for cotton (long
(Grade A)
staple), the increase is 7.83 per cent compared
Moong 8,682 8,768 86 0.99
to the last Kharif season.
 In absolute terms, the highest increase in MSP ˆˆ About Minimum Support Prices (MSP)
over the previous year has been recorded for  The Minimum Support Price (MSP) is the
niger seed, with a rise of ₹820 per quintal. This minimum guaranteed price offered by the
is followed by ragi with an increase of ₹596 government to farmers for their crops, even if
per quintal, cotton with ₹589 per quintal, and the market prices fall. It is designed to protect
sesamum with ₹579 per quintal. farmers from distress sales and to ensure
 In the previous year, the MSP for these 14 Kharif income stability.
crops was increased in the range of 1.4 per cent  The MSP is recommended by the Commission
to 11.54 per cent. for Agricultural Costs and Prices (CACP)
 In a separate development, the Union Cabinet, and is approved by the Cabinet Committee on
chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Economic Affairs (CCEA).
has approved the continuation of the Interest  MSP was first introduced in the year 1966–67
Subvention (IS) component under the during the Green Revolution, primarily for
Modified Interest Subvention Scheme (MISS) wheat and paddy crops.
for the financial year 2025-26.  The MSP is calculated using the A2+FL
  The Cabinet also approved the required formula.
fund arrangements for this purpose.   In this formula, A2 represents the paid-out
  Under MISS, short-term credit is extended costs, which include expenses such as
to farmers at an affordable interest rate labour, seeds, and irrigation. FL refers to
through the Kisan Credit Card (KCC). the imputed value of family labour.
  The government ensures a margin of 50
Crops MSP MSP Absolute %
(Rs) in (Rs) in hike (Rs) increase per cent or more over the production costs
KMS KMS when determining the MSP.
2024-25 2025-26  The crops covered under MSP include both
Ragi 4,290 4,886 596 13.89 Kharif and Rabi crops. For Kharif crops, the
Jowar 3,371 3,699 328 9.73 MSP is applicable to cereals such as paddy,
(hybrid) jowar, bajra, ragi, and maize; pulses including
Jowar 3,421 3,749 328 9.59 tur (arhar), moong, and urad; oilseeds such as
(Maldandi) groundnut, sunflower, soyabean, sesamum, and
Niger seed 8,717 9,537 820 9.41 niger-seed; and the commercial crop cotton.

CURRENT DRISHTI (62) June, 2025

 For Rabi crops, the MSP covers wheat, barley,  It also encourages crop diversification by
gram, lentil (masur), rapeseed and mustard, offering higher MSPs for pulses and oilseeds,
and safflower. thereby promoting a shift away from water-
  In addition to these, commercial crops like intensive cereals.
copra, jute, toria, and de-husked coconut  As mandated in the Union Budget for 2018–
are also covered under related MSPs. 19, the MSP is fixed at 1.5 times (or 50 per
 The MSP is announced twice every year, once cent above) the cost of production, based on the
before the Kharif sowing season and once A2+FL formula, to ensure fair profits for farmers.
before the Rabi sowing season, to help guide  The MSP system promotes the cultivation of
farmers in their planting decisions. nutritional crops by offering higher MSPs for
 MSP helps prevent the exploitation of farmers by millets and Shree Anna, thereby supporting
ensuring a minimum guaranteed price, protecting healthier diets and climate-resilient farming
them from market volatility and distress sales. practices.

News in Short
India’s Sovereign Credit Rating agencies are private entities without independent
funding sources.
On May 8, 2025, Morningstar DBRS, a global
  Their lack of transparency can negatively
sovereign credit rating agency, upgraded India’s
impact institutional quality, as reflected in
sovereign credit rating to ‘BBB’ with a ‘Stable’
the World Bank’s Worldwide Governance
outlook.
Indicators (WGIs).
 This upgrade reflects India’s strong growth
 Bias Against Developing Nations: Rating
prospects, a well-regulated financial system,
frameworks often overlook critical economic
and a credible inflation-targeting regime.
indicators such as GDP growth rate, inflation,
 The agency also cited India’s robust economic
and general government debt.
reforms, consistent fiscal consolidation, and   As noted in the Economic Survey 2020–
resilient banking system as key drivers. 21, this results in a consistent bias against
 The ‘BBB’ rating indicates adequate credit quality,
developing countries.
suggesting India’s ability to meet its financial
obligations despite potential vulnerabilities. Union Minister Shri Piyush Goyal
ˆˆ What is Sovereign Credit Rating? Addresses Columbia India Energy
 It is an assessment of a country’s creditwor- Dialogue
thiness showing the level of risk associated with Recently on May 6, 2025 Union Minister of
lending to a particular country since it is applied Commerce & Industry, Shri Piyush Goyal addressed
to all bonds issued by the government. the Columbia India Energy Dialogue in New Delhi,
 It broadly rates countries as either investment where he highlighted India’s leadership role in the
grade or speculative grade, with the latter global energy transition and reiterated the country’s
projected to have a higher likelihood of default commitment to inclusive and equitable climate
on borrowings. action.
 Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, and Fitch Ratings
ˆˆ Key Highlights
are the three most influential agencies.
 India accounts for only 3% of global carbon
ˆˆ Issues with Credit Rating Agencies emissions despite supporting 17% of the world’s
 Heavy Reliance on Qualitative Indicators: Credit population.
rating methodologies often depend heavily on  India achieved their 2030 renewable energy
the opinions of a small group of experts. target of 200 GW in 2022 itself—eight years
  This can result in subjective judgments and ahead of schedule.
lead to bandwagon effects in assessments.  Solar power alone has grown over 30 times in
 Lack of Transparency: Most credit rating the last decade.

June, 2025 (63) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Biomass Mission
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l About the Launch of Biomass mission l Key point l Objective and Significance l Technology
Used l Key Features l Scientific Importance

ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ Objective and Significance

 European Space Agency (ESA) has launched  The Biomass Mission aims to deliver the
its Biomass Mission to map the world’s forests first global measurements of forest biomass,
on April 29, 2025 from Europe’s spaceport in addressing a critical gap in planetary-scale data.
French Guiana.  Its primary goal is to map the world’s forests and
ˆˆ About the Launch of Biomass mission monitor their changes over time, enhancing our
 Launched on: April 29, 2025 understanding of the global carbon cycle.
 Launched by: ESA  Forests play a crucial role as carbon sinks,
 Launched from: Kourou, French Guiana currently storing approximately 861 giga tonnes
 Launched using: Vega-C rocket of carbon in vegetation and soil, while absorbing
around 16 billion metric tonnes of CO2 each
ˆˆ Key Highlights year.
 The satellite is placed in a sun-synchronous
 By tracking shifts in forest carbon content,
orbit at an altitude of approximately 666 km,
the mission will provide insights into carbon
ensuring the satellite observes the Earth under
emissions, deforestation, and climate change
consistent lighting conditions.
impacts.
 Understanding the drivers of deforestation and
 The urgency of this mission is underscored by
its impact on ecosystems is crucial, especially
the loss of 3.7 million hectares of tropical forests
for assessing future carbon storage capacity.
in 2023 alone—equivalent to 10 football fields
 Accurately estimating carbon in forests remains
vanishing every minute—contributing to nearly
a challenge due to variations in age, species,
6% of global CO2 emissions.
soil, and human impact.
 Traditional in-situ methods were limited in ˆˆ Technology Used
scope, while airborne LiDAR added precision  The Biomass mission consists of a single LEO
but lacked wide coverage. (Low Earth Orbit) satellite platform carrying a
 The ESA Biomass mission addresses these Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) instrument.
gaps by using P-Band Synthetic Aperture  It is the first satellite to employ a P-band Synthetic
Radar (SAR) to provide hectare-scale, repeated Aperture Radar (SAR), a long-wavelength radar
measurements of global forest biomass, system capable of penetrating even the densest
enhancing monitoring and carbon estimation. forest canopies.
 The goal of Biomass is to cover forest areas  This cutting-edge technology enables the
between 75° North and 56° South. measurement of carbon stored not only
 This coverage is limited by the operations of the in the canopy but also on the forest floor,
United States Department of Defence Space providing a comprehensive view of biomass
Object Tracking Radar (SOTR). distribution.

CURRENT DRISHTI (64) June, 2025

 Thanks to its longer wavelengths, the P-band ˆˆ Indian missions similar to ESA’s Biomass
SAR can penetrate deeper than traditional
Mission
radars, making it uniquely capable of producing  RISAT Series (Radar Imaging Satellite)
3D images of forests—from the treetops down   Equipped with Synthetic Aperture Radar
to the roots. (SAR) to provide all-weather surveillance.
 This technology is unique as it allows for 3D Capable
  of monitoring forest biomass,
deforestation, and environmental changes.
imaging of the world’s forests at high resolution.
  Operates in multiple modes to capture high-
ˆˆ Key Features resolution images of forest areas.
 Global Coverage: Capable of mapping global  Cartosat Series
forests, including remote and inaccessible   High-resolution earth observation satellites
primarily used for cartography and forest mapping.
regions.
  Supports environmental monitoring, including
 High Precision: Measures above-ground
forest density and biomass estimation.
biomass with an accuracy of around 20% across  Resourcesat Series
various terrains.   Focuses on natural resource management,
 Climate Monitoring: Contributes significantly including forestry.
to climate change studies by providing data on   Equipped with LISS-IV (Linear Imaging Self-
Scanning Sensor) for detailed analysis of
carbon storage and loss.
forest cover and biomass.
ˆˆ Scientific Importance  NISAR (NASA-ISRO SAR Mission)
 Provides data for climate models and assists in   Joint mission between NASA and ISRO, set
global carbon accounting. to launch soon.
  Uses dual-frequency (L-band and S-band)
 Helps in assessing the impact of deforestation
SAR to measure changes in the Earth’s
and forest degradation on global warming. surface, including forests and biomass.
 Enhances understanding of the carbon cycle   Expected to provide high-resolution, global
and supports sustainable forest management. biomass data.

Chandrayaan’s ChaSTE
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights of ChaSTE’s Recent Findings l Comparisons with Previous Missions

ˆˆ Recent Context  This helped gather important data about the

The Chandra’s Surface Thermophysical Moon’s temperature patterns, especially in
Experiment (ChaSTE), a scientific instrument areas that were not studied before.
aboard India’s Chandrayaan-3 mission, has recently  ChaSTE recorded a big temperature
garnered attention due to its groundbreaking difference: the surface was around 50°C, but
findings. just 8 cm below, it dropped to -10°C.
  It has become the first instrument to measure  This shows that the lunar soil is a very good
temperatures in situ near the moon’s south insulator, which is important for future missions
pole. and possible Moon settlements.
 The findings suggest that underground areas,
ˆˆ Key Highlights of ChaSTE’s Recent Find-
ings especially in dark, shadowed regions, could
 ChaSTE was deployed by the Vikram lander
store water ice safely.
after Chandrayaan-3’s successful landing on ˆˆ Comparisons with Previous Missions
the Moon in August 2023.  ESA’s Philae Lander (2014) on Comet 67P:
 It made the first-ever measurements of   Equipped with the MUPUS instrument
subsurface temperatures near the Moon’s to measure surface and subsurface
South Pole, going 10 cm deep into the lunar temperatures.
surface. Mission was compromised due to an
 

June, 2025 (65) CURRENT DRISHTI

 awkward landing, preventing proper Encountered low friction in Martian soil,
 
deployment of the probe. hindering its ability to burrow deep enough
 NASA’s InSight Lander (2018) on Mars:
for effective temperature measurements.
 Included the Heat Flow and Physical Prop-
Temperature sensors were attached to a
 
erties Package (HP3), featuring a self-ham-
mering device called “The Mole,” designed tether instead of the Mole itself, rendering
to penetrate up to 5 meters underground. data collection unfeasible.

DRDO Achieves Milestone in Hypersonic Technology

ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l About the test l Key Points l Significance l Scramjet Engine l Hypersonic Weapon l Types of
Hypersonic Weapons

ˆˆ Recent Context academia, strengthening India’s Hypersonic

DRDO recently conducted a successful long- Cruise Missile Development Programme.
duration ground test of the Active Cooled Scramjet ˆˆ Scramjet Engine
Subscale Combustor for over 1,000 seconds.
 A Scramjet (Supersonic Combustion Ramjet)
ˆˆ About the test is a type of jet engine specifically designed for
 Conducted by: Defence Research & hypersonic speeds, typically Mach 5 and above
Development Laboratory (DRDL), Hyderabad (five times the speed of sound).
 Conducted on: April 25, 2025
 A ramjet uses the vehicle’s forward motion to
 Conducted at: Scramjet Connect Test Facility
compress air without a compressor.
at Hyderabad
 Unlike traditional jet engines, scramjets do not
 Duration of test: 1000 seconds
have rotating parts like turbines or compressors.
ˆˆ Key Points
 How It Works:
 The test was carried out at the Scramjet Connect
Test Facility in Hyderabad, developed by the 1. Air Intake:
Defence Research & Development Laboratory   The aircraft’s high speed forces air into the
(DRDL). engine’s inlet, compressing it.
 It follows an earlier 120-second ground test in   The air slows down slightly but remains at
January 2025, the first such demonstration of high pressure.
active-cooled scramjet testing in India. 2. Fuel Injection & Combustion:
 This successful test paves the way for full-scale
  Fuel is injected into the compressed air and
flight testing of the scramjet combustor.
ignited.
 DRDL’s scramjet engine uses Active Cooling and
  Combustion occurs at subsonic speeds
Thermal Barrier Coatings (TBCs) for sustained
inside the combustion chamber.
hypersonic flight, addressing key challenges of
3. Exhaust & Thrust Generation:
thermal management and high-speed operation.
  The high-energy exhaust gases are
ˆˆ Significance expelled at high velocity through the nozzle.
 India is now the fourth country after the USA,
  This creates forward thrust, propelling the
Russia, and China to achieve this milestone.
aircraft forward.
 It validates the design and capability of long-
duration scramjet combustors and the testing SCRAMJET ENGINES
facility. INLET COMBUSTION NOZZLE
 The test is a critical step in developing India’s (COMPRESSION) CHAMBER (EXPANSION)
next-generation hypersonic missiles.
 This achievement is the result of collaboration INLET
THRUST
between DRDO labs, industry partners, and (COMPRESSION)

CURRENT DRISHTI (66) June, 2025

ˆˆ Hypersonic Weapon Key
  projects include the Conventional
 Capable of traveling at Mach-5 or faster, which Prompt Strike (CPS) and ARRW (Air-
is five times the speed of sound. Launched Rapid Response Weapon).
 Powered by air-breathing engines for   Prioritizes speed, accuracy, and integration
sustained high-speed travel. with existing defense systems.
 Flies at lower altitudes compared to ballistic  Russia:
missiles, making it harder to detect and trac   Successfully tested the Avangard HGV and
ˆˆ Types of Hypersonic Weapons Zircon HCM, capable of reaching Mach 9.
1. Hypersonic Glide Vehicles (HGV):   Claims Avangard is capable of evasive
maneuvers during flight, making it highly
 Launched using a rocket like ballistic
resistant to interception.
missiles.
 China:
 Glides towards its target at hypersonic
  Developed DF-ZF HGV and Starry Sky-
speeds after separation from the booster.
2, focusing on long-range and high-speed
2. Hypersonic Cruise Missiles (HCM):
capabilities.
 Powered by Scramjet engines throughout
  Actively testing technologies to enhance
the flight.
speed, precision, and evasive maneuvers.
 Capable of maintaining high speeds and  India:
maneuverability during the entire trajectory.   Progressing with its Hypersonic Technology
ˆˆ Hypersonic Weapons around the world Demonstrator Vehicle (HSTDV).
 United States:   Successfully tested scramjet engine
  Focuses on both Hypersonic Glide Vehicles technology, positioning itself as a key player
(HGVs) and Hypersonic Cruise Missiles (HCMs). in hypersonic development.

Long-Range Glide Bomb ‘Gaurav’

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Test of LRGB Gaurav l Key Points l What is LRGB Gaurav? l What is Long Range Glide Bomb?

ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ What is LRGB Gaurav?

The Defence Research and Development  GAURAV is an air launched 1,000 kg class glide
Organisation (DRDO) has successfully carried out bomb capable of hitting targets at long distance.
the Release Trials of the long-range glide bomb  After being launched, the glide bomb steer
(LRGB) Gaurav from a Su-30 MK-I fighter jet of the towards the target using highly accurate hybrid
Indian Air Force. navigation scheme with a combination of INS
and GPS data.
ˆˆ Test of LRGB Gaurav
 GAURAV has been designed and developed
 Conducted by: DRDO
indigenously by the Research Centre Imarat
 Conducted on: April 08-10, 2025
(RCI), Hyderabad.
 Conducted from: Su-30 MK-I fighter jet of IAF
 The system has been realised with the support
ˆˆ Key Points of Development-cum-Production Partners -
 DRDO successfully conducted the Release Adani Defence Systems & Technologies, Bharat
Trials of Long-Range Glide Bomb (LRGB) Forge and various MSMEs.
‘Gaurav’ between April 08-10, 2025 from the Su- ˆˆ What is Long Range Glide Bomb?
30 MKI aircraft.  A long-range glide bomb is an air-dropped
 During the trials, the weapon was integrated munition designed to travel significant distances
to multiple stations in different warhead toward its target without powered propulsion.
configurations, with land target on Island. Here’s how it works:
 The trials successfully demonstrated range  Release from Aircraft: The glide bomb is
close to 100 kms with pin-point accuracy. typically released from a fighter jet or bomber

June, 2025 (67) CURRENT DRISHTI

 at high altitude. Since it has no engine, its guidance, it may home in on a laser designator,
flight relies on aerodynamic design rather than GPS coordinates, or even a moving target.
propulsion.  Impact and Detonation: Upon reaching its
 Glide Phase: Once released, the bomb uses target, the bomb detonates either on impact or
aerodynamic surfaces, like wings or fins, at a preset altitude, depending on the mission
to “glide” through the air toward its target. requirements.
This allows it to cover long distances while  This method of deployment offers several
maintaining a stable flight path. advantages:
 Guidance System: Most long-range glide   Extended Range: The bomb can reach
bombs are equipped with advanced guidance targets far beyond the drop point due to its
systems, such as GPS, inertial navigation gliding capabilities.
systems (INS), or laser guidance. These   Precision: Advanced guidance systems
systems allow the bomb to adjust its flight path enhance accuracy, reducing collateral
in real time, ensuring precise targeting. damage.
 Target Acquisition: The bomb’s guidance   Stealth: Since it doesn’t rely on propulsion,
system continuously adjusts its course to hit it can fly with minimal detection, making it
the designated target. Depending on the type of harder for enemy defenses to intercept.

Kyasanur Forest Disease

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Points l Prevention and Control l Treatment and recovery

ˆˆ Recent Context Severe bleeding issues like nosebleeds,

 
It was recently reported that Kyasanur forest gum bleeding, and gastrointestinal bleeding
disease (KFD) is spreading fast in Karnataka. It is may occur.
also known as “monkey fever”. The disease is on the Neurological complications can also arise
 
rise in Karnataka, particularly in the Shivamogga in severe cases.
and Chikkamagaluru districts.
ˆˆ Key Points
 Kyasanur Forest Disease (KFD) is a serious
disease first identified in the Kyasanur Forest of
India. It is caused by the KFD virus.
 Hard ticks (Hemaphysalis spinigera) spread
the KFD virus to people and to animals, like
monkeys and rodents.
 Origin: Discovered in 1957 in the Kyasanur
Forest area of Karnataka, India.
 Transmission:
  Primarily transmitted to humans through the
bite of infected hard ticks (Haemaphysalis
spinigera).
  Monkeys are common hosts, and the virus
is often detected when large die-offs of
monkeys occur.
  Humans are incidental hosts, usually ˆˆ Prevention and Control
affected when they come into contact with  Vaccination is available for high-risk groups,
infected ticks. particularly forest workers.
 Symptoms:  Personal protective measures: use of tick
  High fever, chills, headache, muscle pain, repellents, wearing protective clothing, and
vomiting. avoiding tick-infested areas.

CURRENT DRISHTI (68) June, 2025

 Vector control: Controlling tick populations in balance, providing oxygen, managing blood
forests. pressure, and treating additional infections.
 With quick medical care, many patients recover
ˆˆ Treatment and recovery
 There is no cure for KFD. from KFD without complications. However,
 Supportive care is crucial, including fluid about 3 to 5% of people with the disease will die.

Sansad Bhashini
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l What is Sansad Bhashini? l Key AI Initiatives under Sansad Bhashini l Significance of the
initiative l India’s BHASHINI Platform l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context 3. Speech-to-Text Conversion & Live

On March 18, 2025 an MoU was signed between Interpretation
Lok Sabha Secretariat and Ministry of Electronics   Converts live debates into text with real-
and Information Technology (MEITY) for the time transcription in Indian languages.
development of Sansad AI solution by the name of   Features noise reduction, customizable
Sansad Bhashini. vocabulary, and better documentation for
accuracy.
ˆˆ What is Sansad Bhashini?
4. Speech-to-Speech Conversion with Real-
 The Sansad Bhashini is an initiative envisioned
Time Transcription
to provide comprehensive In-House AI solutions
  Enables real-time speech translation during
for multilingual support and streamlined
discussions and debates.
processes in parliamentary operations.   Includes automatic summaries for quicker
 Lok Sabha Secretariat and MEITY have decision-making and efficient record-
agreed to integrate and collaboratively develop keeping.
products/tools leveraging the Parliamentary
ˆˆ Significance of the initiative
corpus of data.
 It enhances multilingual support in parliamentary
 Parliamentary data and resources, provided by
proceedings.
Sansad, will be used for learning and fine-tuning
 Makes parliamentary debates, documents, and
the AI tools/products.
archives more accessible for MPs, researchers,
 Translation capabilities and other technical
and the public.
expertise will be contributed by Bhashini.
 Promotes linguistic diversity in governance and
ˆˆ Key AI Initiatives under Sansad Bhashini digital accessibility.
1. AI-Based Translation  Streamlines parliamentary operations and
  Translates parliamentary documents improve efficiency.
like debates, agendas, and committee  It also helps in Modernising parliamentary
meetings into regional languages. documentation.
  Promotes linguistic diversity and ˆˆ India’s BHASHINI Platform
accessibility for all citizens.  BHASHINI (BHASHa INterface for India) is an
2. AI-Powered Chatbot for Parliament Website AI-led language translation platform to bridge
  Interactive chatbot to help members and language barriers across Indian languages.
officials quickly find procedural rules and  Enhances internet accessibility and digital
documents. services in multiple Indian languages with
  Provides instant, accurate responses, voice-based features and multilingual content
saving time in searching. creation.
  Learns and improves with user interactions  Launched in July 2022 under the National
for better efficiency. Language Translation Mission (NLTM).

June, 2025 (69) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Provides technology translation services in 22  Includes a dedicated ‘Bhasadaan’ section for
scheduled Indian languages. crowd sourcing language contributions.
 Aims to make AI and NLP resources available
ˆˆ Conclusion
in the public domain for MSMEs, startups, and
 Sansad Bhashini represents a bold step
individual innovators.
 Implemented by the Digital India BHASHINI
towards leveraging AI for enhancing democracy
Division, under the Digital India Corporation, by making legislative communication more
Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology. inclusive, transparent, and efficient. It is a stride
 Accessible via Android and iOS apps, offering a towards a digitally empowered and linguistically
user-friendly experience. united Parliament.

Mk-II(A) Laser-Directed Energy Weapon (DEW)

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l About the trail l What is DEW MK-II(A)? l Purpose and Advantages l Key Features l Applications
l Future Prospects

ˆˆ Recent Context slicing through the target’s surface, disabling or

India’s Defence Research and Development destroying it through structural failure.
Organisation (DRDO) recently conducted a
successful trial of the Mk-II(A) Laser- Directed
Energy Weapon (DEW) that can disable fixed-wing
and swarm drones.
ˆˆ About the trail
 Conducted on: April 13, 2025
 Conducted by: DRDO
 Conducted at: Kurnool in Andhra Pradesh
ˆˆ What is DEW MK-II(A)? ˆˆ Key Features
 DEW MK-II(A) is developed by DRDO’s  Precision Targeting: Capable of targeting
Centre for High Energy Systems and Sciences specific components of enemy systems without
(CHESS), Hyderabad along with other labs, collateral damage.
academic institutions and Indian industries.  Speed-of-Light Impact: Instantaneous impact
 It is a high-powered laser-based weapon system on the target, making it effective against high-
that uses directed energy to neutralize aerial speed threats.
threats such as drones, missiles, and sensors.  Cost-Effective: Minimal cost per shot compared
 This successful trail has made India fourth to traditional munitions.
nation to have this kind of capability after USA,  Low Signature: Virtually silent with no visible
China and Russia. projectile, reducing detectability.
ˆˆ Purpose and Advantages ˆˆ Applications
 It is a 30-kilowatt laser-based weapon system  Anti-drone warfare.
designed to take down helicopters, swarm  Neutralizing IEDs (Improvised Explosive Devices).
drones, and radars.  Countering aerial threats like UAVs and missiles.
 It is designed to offer cost-effective, rapid-  Protection of critical installations from aerial
response air defense against drones, attacks.
surveillance systems, and potentially missiles
with minimal collateral damage.
ˆˆ Future Prospects
 Expected to be integrated into the Indian Army,
 How does it work? Navy, and Air Force after successful trials.
 Targets are tracked using radar or an inbuilt  Part of India’s long-term strategy to enhance
Electro-Optic (EO) system. defensive and offensive capabilities using
 A focused laser beam travels at the speed of light, advanced technologies.

CURRENT DRISHTI (70) June, 2025

 Bharat 6G 2025
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l About 6G

ˆˆ Recent Context and Finland, and breakthroughs in terahertz

Recently on May 14, 2025 Dr. Chandra Sekhar communication and AI-native networks.
Pemmasani, Minister of State for Communications
ˆˆ About 6G
and Rural Development, emphasised India’s
 6G (sixth-generation wireless) is the successor
resolve to lead globally in the development of next-
to 5G cellular technology.
generation 6G technologies.
 6G networks will be able to use higher
ˆˆ Key Highlights frequencies than 5G networks and provide
 Bharat 6G Vision, launched by the Prime substantially higher capacity and much lower
Minister Narendra Modi on March 23, 2023, latency.
charts out an ambitious path for India to design,  One of the goals of the 6G internet is to support
develop, and deploy 6G technologies by 2030. one microsecond latency communications.
 Bharat’s 6G Vision aims to position India as a  This is 1,000 times faster -- or 1/1000th the
global 6G leader by 2030 through the Bharat latency -- than one millisecond throughput. 6G
6G Alliance, 111+ funded research projects, networks will operate by using signals at the
global partnerships with Japan, Singapore, higher end of the radio spectrum.

Global Conference on Space Exploration (GLEX) 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights

ˆˆ Recent Context breaking participation, drawing over 1800

Recently India host the 12 edition of the Global
th attendees, including 233 international delegates
Space Exploration Conference (GLEX 2025) from from 36 countries.
May 7-9, 2025 in New Delhi.  In an unprecedented academic engagement,
1,275 abstracts have been submitted from 57
ˆˆ Key Highlights
countries — the highest ever for an IAF global
 The three-day global summit, themed
conference.
“Reaching New Worlds: A Space Exploration
 A total of 1,275 abstracts from 57 countries
Renaissance,” was inaugurated by the were received. Among them 822 abstracts
Dr. Jitendra Singh, Union Minister of State constituting 64% of the total were submitted
(Independent Charge) for Science and from India, while 453 abstracts, making up 36%,
Technology, Minister of State (Independent were received from international contributors.
Charge).  Another highlight of this year’s submissions is the
 Jointly organized by the International high participation of students, who contributed
Astronautical Federation (IAF), the Indian 562 abstracts, underscoring the growing global
Space Research Organisation (ISRO) as the interest and engagement of the next generation
host, and the Astronautical Society of India in space exploration.
(ASI) as the co-host, GLEX 2025 marks a  GLEX 2025 also places a strong emphasis
milestone in India’s expanding leadership in the on public engagement through an extensive
global space community. astronaut outreach programme, featuring
 Since its inception in 2010, the Global Space nearly 10 astronauts including: Hazzaa
Exploration Conference has become a premier AlMansoori (UAE); Alper Gezeravci (Türkiye);
platform for dialogue, collaboration, and Michael López-Alegría (USA/Spain); Angad
innovation. Pratap (India); Rakesh Sharma, India’s first
 GLEX 2025 continues that legacy with record- astronaut.

June, 2025 (71) CURRENT DRISHTI

 मूलांकुर Hubs under BioE3 Policy
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Backgrounder l About BioE3 Policy

ˆˆ Recent Context biology, AI/ML and Computation to address

Recently in May 2025, Department of Biotech- complex biological research challenges.
nology (DBT) and Biotechnology Industry Research  The problem statements are to be addressed
Assistance Council (BIRAC) announced a joint call by data-driven, cutting-edge, multi-disciplinary
for Proposals on Bio-AI for establishing मूलांकुर hubs programmatic research initiatives for projected
under BioE3 Policy for Biomanufacturing. outcomes.
ˆˆ Key Highlights Backgrounder
 Bio-AI hubs are proposed to be established
ˆˆ About BioE3 Policy
across academia and industry to provide
 The Union Cabinet approved the BioE3
critical and novel research leads impacting
(Biotechnology for Economy, Environment,
Health, Agriculture and Environment through
conglomeration of AI and Biology. & Employment) Policy, in August 2024, for
 The Letter of Intent (LoI) for Bio-AI is uniquely ‘Fostering High-Performance Biomanufacturing’
designed to utilize AI in Biology for solving key across the country.
biological challenges in Biomolecular Design,  Subsequently, The Union Cabinet approved
Sustainable Agriculture, Synthetic Biology, continuation of the two umbrella schemes of
Ayurveda and Genome Diagnostics. Department of Biotechnology (DBT), merged
 Therefore, the problem statements in these as one scheme-‘Biotechnology Research
domains as well as possible research solutions Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development
are invited from multi-disciplinary teams with (Bio- RIDE)’ with a new component namely
research expertise across fields of synthetic Biomanufacturing and Biofoundry.

‘Vigyan Dhara’
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l About ‘Vigyan Dhara’ l Objective of the Scheme l Impact

ˆˆ Recent Context scheme is to promote capacity building in

 The Government of India has significantly science
increased the allocation for the Vigyan Dhara  and technology (S&T), as well as to advance
scheme. research, innovation, and technology
 The budget has witnessed a substantial rise  development.
from Rs. 330.75 crore in 2024-25 to Rs. 1425.00  The scheme aims to:
crore in 2025-26.  Strengthen the Science, Technology, and
Innovation (STI) ecosystem in the country.
ˆˆ About ‘Vigyan Dhara’
 Enhance the S&T infrastructure by fostering well-
 It is a scheme of Department of Science and
equipped R&D labs in academic institutions.
Technology (DST), Ministry of Science and
 Promote research in key areas such as sustain-
Technology which merges three key umbrella
able energy, water, and other critical sectors.
schemes into one.
 Build a critical human resource pool to expand
 The scheme was approved by union cabinet on
India’s R&D base and improve the Full Time
24th August 2024 and came into force with effect
Equivalent (FTE) researcher count.
from 16.01.2025.
 Enhance the participation of women in the field
ˆˆ Objective of the Scheme of S&T, with the goal of achieving gender parity
 The primary objective of the Vigyan Dhara in Science, Technology, and Innovation (STI).

CURRENT DRISHTI (72) June, 2025

 Reinforce innovations at all levels, from school aligned with India’s national vision, focusing on
education to industry and startups. building a strong S&T foundation to drive the
country’s development.
Three broad components of Vigyan Dhara  Research and development component of the
scheme will be aligned with the Anusandhan
Science and Technology (S&T) Institutional National Research Foundation (ANRF).
and Human Capacity Building  ANRF has been established under ANRF Act,
Research and Development 2023 to seed, grow and promote R&D and
Innovation, Technology Development and foster a culture of research and innovation
Deployment throughout India’s universities, colleges,
research institutions, and R&D laboratories.
ˆˆ Impact  As of 2025 March 57,869 individual beneficiaries
 Enhanced collaboration between academia, have availed the scheme.
government, and industry  The beneficiaries include young students in the
 Increased participation of women in S&T fields age group of 10-15 years and studying in class
 Strengthened R&D capabilities, aligned with VI to X availing the benefits under INSPIRE-
global standards and national priorities. MANAK (Million Minds Augmenting National
 The Vigyan Dhara scheme is strategically Aspiration and Knowledge) program.

Night-time Electricity Generation by Solar Panels

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Features l Significance

ˆˆ Recent Context  Thermoelectric generators (TEGs) are attached

 Stanford University researchers have developed to modified solar panels to capture the heat
an innovative solar panel technology that can dissipating from the panels, converting it into
generate electricity at night, addressing the electricity.
traditional limitation of solar energy production  This technique utilizes the temperature
being confined to daylight hours. difference between the solar panel surface and
 How It Works the surrounding air to generate power.

 Leverages radiative cooling, a natural ˆˆ Key Features

phenomenon where heat from the Earth’s  Produces approximately 50 milliwatts per square
surface radiates into space, particularly during meter at night, compared to the 200 watts per
clear nights. square meter generated during daytime by
traditional panels.
 Capable of powering small devices like LEDs,
environmental sensors, and IoT gadgets.
 Retrofit-friendly design: Can be easily integrated
into existing solar panel setups without needing
full replacements.
ˆˆ Significance
 Bridges nighttime energy gaps, reducing
dependency on battery storage.
 Serves as an eco-friendly alternative to batteries,
cutting down pollution from battery production
and disposal.
 Enhances the reliability of renewable energy,
particularly for off-grid or low-sunlight regions.

June, 2025 (73) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Creates new opportunities for low-cost,  Marks a substantial advancement towards 24/7
sustainable energy solutions in remote and clean energy generation, addressing one of the
disaster-affected areas. major limitations of solar technology.

China Inaugurates “Three Gorges Antarctic Eye”

Telescope
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Overview l About the Telescope l Scientific Objectives l Significance of Antarctic Research l
Future Plans l Related Observatories

ˆˆ Recent Context research capabilities, demonstrating a strong

 China recently inaugurated the “Three Gorges commitment to global space exploration from
Antarctic Eye,” a state-of-the-art radio/millimetre- one of the world’s most isolated regions.
wave telescope located at the Zhongshan ˆˆ Future Plans
Station in Antarctica.  When fully operational, the telescope will
ˆˆ Overview support further research expeditions.
 This installation represents a significant step  China Three Gorges University plans to send
forward in China’s astronomical research scientific teams to Zhongshan Station for on-site
capabilities. investigations, highlighting the role of academic
 The telescope is designed to study interstellar institutions in advancing scientific innovation
gas, particularly hydrogen and ammonia, and to and space exploration.
explore the processes of star formation. ˆˆ Related Observatories
ˆˆ About the Telescope Observatory Country Purpose
 The Three Gorges Antarctic Eye features a INO (India- India Located in Theni, Tamil
based Nadu, to study solar and
3.2-metre aperture and was co-developed by
Neutrino atmospheric neutrinos.
China Three Gorges University and Shanghai
Observatory) Jointly funded by DAE and
Normal University. DST.
 It builds on earlier projects like the Antarctic IceCube USA Located at Amundsen–
Survey Telescopes (AST3), aiming to deliver Neutrino (South Scott South Pole
crucial data on interstellar gas dynamics and Observatory Pole) Station, it studies cosmic
star formation processes. neutrinos using deep ice as
a detector.
ˆˆ Scientific Objectives
JUNO China It will become
 The main scientific goals include studying
(Jiangmen operational in late 2025,
neutral hydrogen and ammonia spectral lines Underground studying neutrinos from
within the Milky Way. Neutrino Earth and the sun, ahead
 These observations are expected to enhance Observatory) of the US’s DUNE.
the understanding of cosmic phenomena and DUNE (Deep USA It will be operational
the mechanics behind star formation. Underground around 2030, focuses
Neutrino on neutrino oscillation and
ˆˆ Significance of Antarctic Research
Experiment) supernova bursts.
 Antarctica provides an ideal atmospheric
TRIDENT China Positioned in the South
environment for astronomical observations due (Tropical China Sea, aims to
to its clear skies. Deep-sea study deep-sea neutrino
 The deployment of the Three Gorges Antarctic Neutrino activity.
Eye significantly boosts China’s astronomical Telescope)

CURRENT DRISHTI (74) June, 2025

 BatEchoMon
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l What is BatEchoMon? l What Does BatEchoMon Do? l Significance

ˆˆ Recent Context Raspberry Pi microprocessor for processing

 
 Recently, India’s First Automated Bat Monitoring and classification.
and Detection System was created by the Solar-powered
  battery and Wi-Fi unit
Indian Institute for Human Settlements (IIHS), for continuous operation and data
Bengaluru. transmission.
ˆˆ What is BatEchoMon?  How It Works:
 BatEchoMon stands for “Bat Echolocation
 Automatically activates at sunset and records
Monitoring”.
audio throughout the night.
 It is India’s first automated, real-time monitoring
 Uses a Convolutional Neural Network (CNN)
and detection system for bats.
algorithm to distinguish bat calls from other
 Developed by bat biologist Kadambari
Deshpande and engineer Vedant Barje under noises and classify them by frequency and structure.
the guidance of Jagdish Krishnaswamy. ˆˆ Significance
 The project is part of the Long-Term Urban  Supports bat conservation by monitoring
Ecological Observatory at the School of populations and behaviors.
Environment and Sustainability, IIHS, Bengaluru.  Enhances urban ecology studies by tracking
ˆˆ What Does BatEchoMon Do? insectivorous bats in cities and peri-urban areas.
 Detects, records, analyzes, and classifies bat  Reduces data processing from 11 months to a
echolocation calls in real-time, eliminating the few hours.
need for months of manual work.  Promotes data accessibility for Indian
 It features: researchers, contributing to global databases.
  Ultrasonic microphone using a modified  Represents a technological breakthrough as the
AudioMoth device. first real-time bat call recorder and classifier.

‘Bhargavastra’: India’s Indigenous Answer to Drone Threats

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l About Bhargavastra l Recent Testing of Bhargavastra l Multi-Layered Defense Mechanism l
Features of Bhargavastra l Bhargavastra Control Centre l Future Prospects for Bhargavastra l Bhargavastra’s
Significance for India

ˆˆ Recent Context modern warfare.

On May 13, 2025, the ‘Bhargavastra’ system  It has been developed by Economic Explosives
achieved a significant milestone with its successful Ltd., a subsidiary of Solar Group.
test at the Seward Firing Range in Gopalpur,  This system utilizes guided micro munitions
Odisha. capable of destroying drone swarms at a range
 This cutting-edge system represents a of up to 2.5 km, with radar detection extending
technologically advanced and cost-effective to 6 km.
solution, embodying the spirit of the ‘Make in  The successful trial of Bhargavastra marks a
India’ mission. significant leap in countering the escalating
ˆˆ About Bhargavastra threats posed by drone swarms in contemporary
 Bhargavastra is a low-cost, indigenously warfare.
developed counter-drone system that is set  It is the first micro-missile-based counter-
to define a new role and change the game in drone system developed to address a

June, 2025 (75) CURRENT DRISHTI

 crucial capability gap within India’s defense for the ‘Make in India’ mission, and Bhargavastra
infrastructure. is poised to reshape the future of air defense.
  With very few comparable systems globally,  This development comes at a time when India is
its low cost makes it particularly distinct engaged in a conflict with Pakistan, with the latter
and desirable. believed to be using Turkiye-made Kamikaze
 This achievement is another feather in the cap drones to target India’s military installations.

ˆˆ Recent Testing of Bhargavastra predefined ranges and neutralize them using its
 The Bhargavastra system underwent three micro munitions.
rigorous trials at the Seaward Firing Range in ˆˆ Multi-Layered Defense Mechanism
Gopalpur, Odisha.
Bhargavastra is meticulously designed to offer
 These trials were conducted in the presence of
both hard-kill and potential soft-kill capabilities.
three army officials.
Its primary method of engagement involves a dual-
 Two tests were performed in ‘single mode’,
layered kinetic approach:
where one rocket was fired in each instance.
 Layer 1: This layer comprises unguided micro
 One trial was conducted in ‘salvo mode’,
involving the firing of two rockets within a span rockets, each possessing a 20-meter lethal
of two seconds. radius.
 All four rockets of the Bhargavastra system   These rockets are capable of neutralizing
performed as expected, successfully achieving multiple drones within a 2.5 km range.
the required launch parameters.   They are particularly effective against drone
 This flawless performance underscores the swarms, allowing for the simultaneous
pioneering technology employed in mitigating engagement of multiple targets.
large-scale drone attacks.  Layer 2: This layer includes guided micro
 The system effectively demonstrated its missiles, which have been previously validated
capability to detect small aerial vehicles at through independent tests.

CURRENT DRISHTI (76) June, 2025

 These missiles offer surgical accuracy
   This capability offers real-time situational
against high-value or elusive air awareness, making it a viable solution for
targets, ensuring precise and impactful network-centric warfare.
neutralization. ˆˆ Future Prospects for Bhargavastra
ˆˆ Features of Bhargavastra While the successful test is a significant
Bhargavastra is a low-cost, hard-kill counter- achievement, potential areas for improvement in
drone system, distinguished by its indigenously Bhargavastra include:
designed micro rockets and missiles.  Increased Range and Precision: Further
Its lethal precision and reliability signify a major enhancements in the system’s operational
leap for Indian counter-drone warfare capabilities. range and targeting precision.
Several features make Bhargavastra unique :  Incorporation of More Sophisticated Sensors:
 Adaptability: The system is specifically Integration of a wider array of advanced and
engineered for India’s diverse geographical sophisticated sensors for enhanced threat
terrains. Bhargavastra can be deployed from detection.
desert plains to high-altitude Mountains, ranging  AI Integration: Implementation of Artificial
up to 5000 meters. Intelligence to boost the system’s autonomy in
 Modular and Scalable: The system offers threat detection, tracking, and engagement.
customization options to incorporate an  Development of Specialized Variants:
additional soft-kill layer. Creation of specialized variants to cater to the
  This layer can consist of jamming and exclusive needs of different branches of the
spoofing techniques, providing an Armed Forces, including the Army, Navy, and
integrated approach and a comprehensive Air Force.
shield against UAVs for all branches of the ˆˆ Bhargavastra’s Significance for India
Armed Forces. Bhargavastra offers a unified solution for India’s
 Mobile Platform: Bhargavastra can be mounted growing threat from Unmanned Aerial Vehicles
on a mobile platform, ensuring rapid deployment (UAVs). Its development and successful testing carry
in threat areas. significant strategic implications for the nation:
 Simultaneous Launch Capability: The system  Enhanced Air Defence Capabilities:
possesses the ability to simultaneously launch Bhargavastra provides a powerful new layer to
up to 64 micro missiles. India’s existing air defense systems, specifically
 All Indigenous: All components, including designed to counter the challenging and evolving
detection sensors, radars, strike mechanism threat of drone swarms and individual UAVs.
architecture, Electro Optical (EO) and Radio  Technological Advancement and Self-
Frequency (RF) receivers, are indigenously Reliance: The indigenous development
researched and manufactured. of Bhargavastra is a testament to India’s
  This complete indigenization allows for the burgeoning technological capabilities in the
integration of multiple sensors, enabling defense sector.
a layered air defense cover tailored to   It aligns perfectly with the ‘Make in India’
mission-specific requirements. initiative, fostering self-reliance and
 Seamless Integration: Bhargavastra supports reducing dependence on foreign defense
seamless integration with the nation’s existing technologies.
network-centric warfare infrastructure, thereby  Deterrence to Other Nations: The deployment
enhancing real-time operational coordination. of such an advanced and cost-effective counter-
ˆˆ Bhargavastra Control Centre drone system acts as a strong deterrent to
 At the core of Bhargavastra’s effectiveness lies potential adversaries.
a sophisticated Control and Command Centre.  Strong Player in Regional Power Dynamics:
 This center is equipped with state-of-the- By developing and fielding sophisticated
art systems that leverage the advantages of indigenous defense technology like
C4I (Command, Control, Communications, Bhargavastra, India strengthens its position as
Computers, Intelligence). a key player in regional power dynamics.

June, 2025 (77) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Cost-Effectiveness: The low cost of without incurring prohibitive expenses,
Bhargavastra makes it a highly attractive solution making it a sustainable and practical solution.
Bhargavastra truly represents a crucial advance-
for large-scale deployment and integration into
ment in India’s defense capabilities. It provides a ro-
India’s defense network.
bust and cost-effective solution to the evolving threat
  This affordability ensures that India can of drone warfare, which has become an increasingly
effectively counter a widespread threat prominent aspect of modern conflicts.

INS Arnala
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l About INS Arnala l GRSE’s Ongoing Naval Projects

ˆˆ Recent Context  Primary roles of the ship include:

 The vessel INS Arnala was officially delivered Underwater surveillance in coastal zones
 
to the Indian Navy during a ceremony held in Search and Rescue (SAR) operations
 
Kolkata on May 8, 2025. Low Intensity Maritime Operations (LIMO)
 
ˆˆ Key Highlights Coastal Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW)
 
 The delivery of INS Arnala provides a significant operations
enhancement to the Indian Navy’s shallow   Advanced mine-laying capabilities.
water anti-submarine warfare capabilities.  The ship includes a Combat Management
 The ship is the first of 16 Anti-Submarine System that integrates lightweight torpedoes
Warfare Shallow Water Crafts (ASW SWCs) and ASW rockets to deliver offensive
being constructed under simultaneous contracts capabilities against underwater threats.
awarded by the Indian Navy.  INS Arnala is powered by three marine diesel
 These contracts include eight vessels being engine-driven water jets, which are particularly
built by Garden Reach Shipbuilders & well-suited for coastal operations.
Engineers (GRSE) and eight by another Public  Its shallow draft of 2.7 meters allows it to
Sector Undertaking (PSU) shipyard. navigate close to shorelines, giving it access
 The construction of INS Arnala was carried to areas that are inaccessible to larger
out using a Public-Private Partnership (PPP) warships.
model, which is the first of its kind in India for  The ship will be operated by a crew of 57
naval shipbuilding. personnel, including seven officers.
 In this model, GRSE, a major PSU shipyard,
collaborated with L&T’s Kattupalli shipyard. ˆˆ GRSE’s Ongoing Naval Projects
 GRSE is currently engaged in the construction
ˆˆ About INS Arnala
of 16 additional warships for the Indian Navy.
 INS Arnala is named after Arnala Island, which
 These include:
is known for its historic fort located off the coast
  Three Project 17A advanced stealth
of Maharashtra.
frigates
  The ship symbolizes a major step forward
  Seven more ASW SWCs
in India’s pursuit of naval self-reliance.
  It features a high level of indigenization,   Two large survey vessels
with nearly 88% of its components   Four next-generation offshore patrol
sourced domestically. vessels (NGOPVs)
 The ship measures 77.6 meters in length and  In addition to Indian Navy orders, GRSE is
10.5 meters in width, making it smaller than building 24 other vessels, of which nine are
the older Kamorta-class corvettes. export platforms.
  Despite its compact size, INS Arnala is  In April 2025, GRSE held the keel-laying
designed for effective operations in littoral ceremony for the fourth next-generation
(near-shore) zones. offshore patrol vessel for the Indian Navy.

CURRENT DRISHTI (78) June, 2025

 News in Short
STPI SANGAM Event Scientists find ‘strongest evidence
 The Software Technology Parks of India (STPI), yet’ of life on distant planet
an autonomous body under the Ministry of  A Cambridge team studying the atmosphere of
Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), a planet called K2-18b has detected signs of
organized the grand STPI SANGAM event. molecules which on Earth are only produced by
 The event was held on 21 March 2024 at the simple organisms.
Bharat Mandapam Convention Centre, New Delhi.  This is the second time chemicals associated
 The initiative brought together startups, with life have been detected in the planet’s
investors, mentors, and industry leaders under atmosphere by Nasa’s James Webb Space
MeitY’s flagship Next Generation Incubation Telescope (JWST).
Scheme (NGIS).  K2-18b is two-and-a-half times the size of Earth
and is 700 trillion miles, or 124 light years, away
India’s first Nano Electronics
from Earth.
Roadshow
 The Ministry of Electronics and Information
World’s first humanoid robot half-
Technology (MeitY successfully hosted India’s marathon
first Nano Electronics Roadshow on March 27,  The world’s first humanoid robot half-marathon
2025, at the National Science Seminar Complex, took place on April 19, 2025, in Beijing, China.
IISc Bengaluru.  Twenty-one humanoid robots, including
 The roadshow was organized ), in partnership the winning Tiangong Ultra from the Beijing
with IISc Bengaluru, IIT Bombay, IIT Madras, IIT Humanoid Robot Innovation Center, raced
Delhi, IIT Kharagpur, and IIT Guwahati. alongside 12,000 human runners in the
 The roadshow showcased over 100 intellectual Yizhuang Half-Marathon.
properties (IPs), more than 50 groundbreaking
3rd Stakeholder Consultation on AI
technologies, and the innovation of over 35
promising startups. Readiness Assessment Methodology (RAM)
 The UNESCO Regional Office for South Asia
Bullseye Galaxy
partnered with the INDIAai Mission, Ministry of
 A team of international researchers recently Electronics and IT, Government of Telangana,
discovered a galaxy with nine rings. and Ikigai Law.
 This discovery is important as previous ringed  They organized a stakeholder consultation on AI
galaxies have only displayed two or three rings Readiness Assessment Methodology (RAM).
at best.  The event took place on 8th April 2025 at
 Using the Hubble space telescope, the team T-Works, Hyderabad.
confirmed the presence of eight rings, while  This was the third of five consultations under the
data from the W.M. Keck Observatory in Hawaii AI RAM initiative by UNESCO and IndiaAI.
confirmed the existence of the ninth ring.  The previous sessions were held in New Delhi
 This galaxy has been named LEDA 1313424 and Bangalore.
with its common name ,the Bullseye Galaxy.  The initiative aims to create an India-specific AI
policy report.
Curiosity rover discovers siderite  The report will identify strengths and growth
 In April 2025, the Curiosity rover discovered opportunities in India’s AI ecosystem.
siderite, an iron carbonate mineral, in Gale  It will provide insights for responsible and ethical
Crater on Mars. AI adoption across various sectors.
 This discovery provides evidence that Mars once  The AI RAM serves as a diagnostic tool for
had a thick, carbon dioxide-rich atmosphere and identifying opportunities in AI regulation and
liquid water, suggesting a potentially habitable past. institutional capacity building.

June, 2025 (79) CURRENT DRISHTI

 11th BRICS Environment Ministers’ Meeting
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l India’s Key Interventions l Expansion of BRICS l Biodiversity & Sustainability
l Backgrounder l About BRICS l In-depth Analysis l Role of BRICS l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context advocates a holistic approach to climate action

Recently the 11th BRICS Environment Ministers’ by integrating adaptation, mitigation, and means
Meeting convened in Brasilia, Brazil, on April 3, of implementation.
2025.  Emphasizing the need for fair and equitable
 The meeting took place in advance of the 17th climate transition, India stressed for continued
BRICS Summit in July and the 2025 UN Climate collaboration amongst BRICS Nations at
Change Conference (UNFCCC COP 30) in multilateral forums such as UNFCCC, UNCCD,
November. Brazil holds the 2025 Presidency for CBD, and UNEA.
both.  The country reiterated the principle of Common
but Differentiated Responsibilities and
ˆˆ Key Highlights Respective Capabilities (CBDR-RC) as a
 A new platform launched for sharing eco- fundamental guideline for climate negotiations.
friendly technologies and promoting low-carbon  The country called for enhanced cooperation in
and climate-resilient development. tackling marine plastic pollution, improving air
 Aims to facilitate technology transfer, capacity quality, and printing resource efficiency.
building, and innovation among BRICS nations.  On Climate Finance, India highlighted the
 Adopted to outline shared priorities in urgent need for developed nations to fulfill their
environmental governance. commitments, noting that the proposed USD
 Emphasized sustainable urban planning, water 300 billion per year by 2035 under the New
conservation, circular economy, and renewable Collective Quantified Goal on Climate Finance
energy transitions. is far below the required USD 1.3 trillion.
 Countries presented progress on their Nationally  India emphasized the importance of COP30,
Determined Contributions (NDCs) under the to be hosted in Brazil, as a critical milestone
Paris Agreement. for advancing global adaptation and resilience
efforts.
ˆˆ India’s Key Interventions  India reaffirmed its commitment to working
 India underscored BRICS’ pivotal role in shaping collaboratively with BRICS partners to drive
global sustainability and Climate action. transformative change in climate action,
 India highlighting that BRICS nations collectively environmental cooperation, and sustainable
account for 47% of the world’s population and development.
contribute 36% of global GDP (PPP).  Stressing the urgent need for equitable carbon
 India reaffirmed the significance of the budget utilization, India called for a balanced
New Delhi Statement from the 7th BRICS transition that prioritizes developing nations’
Environment Ministers’ Meeting 2021, which growth while ensuring sustainability.

CURRENT DRISHTI (80) June, 2025

 A key focus was the Baku to Belem Roadmap, comprising 41% of the world population, having
aimed at securing USD 1.3 trillion in climate 24% of the world GDP and over 16% share in
finance to support Nationally Determined the world trade.
Contributions (NDCs). In-depth Analysis
 On energy security, India reiterated commitments
made in the BRICS New Delhi Declaration
ˆˆ Role of BRICS in promoting sustainable
development and environmental
(2021), which promotes a diversified energy
governance in the Global South-
mix, including fossil fuels, hydrogen, nuclear,
 BRICS has emerged as a significant multilateral
and renewables.
group representing major developing economies.
 India highlighted that the expansion of BRICS
It plays an important role in advancing
from five to eleven members strengthens its
sustainable development and environmental
leadership in global climate governance.
governance in the Global South.
 India also reiterated its leadership in conservation
and sustainability, mentioning initiatives such as  Platform for South-South Cooperation
the International Big Cat Alliance, a global effort  BRICS provides a crucial platform for South-
for wildlife conservation. South cooperation, enabling member countries
to share best practices, technologies, and
Backgrounder
strategies tailored to the specific developmental
ˆˆ About BRICS and environmental needs of the Global South.
 BRICS stands for Brazil, Russia, India, China,
 New Development Bank (NDB)
and South Africa, the original five members
who were large, non-Western economies.  One of the most impactful contributions of BRICS
  In January this year, Indonesia officially is the establishment of the New Development
joined the BRICS as a full member taking Bank (NDB) in 2015.
total membership to 10.  The NDB finances infrastructure and sustainable
 Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and the United Arab development projects in BRICS and other
developing countries.
Emirates are also part of the bloc.
 The acronym BRIC was first used in 2001 by  Environmental Commitments and Decla-
Goldman Sachs in their Global Economics rations
Paper, ‘The World Needs Better Economic  BRICS countries have consistently issued
BRICs’. joint declarations reaffirming their commitment
 The paper projected that Brazil, Russia, India, to the Paris Agreement and other multilateral
and China would be among the world’s largest environmental frameworks. They advocate for:
economies in the next 50 years or so.   The principle of common but differentiated
 As a formal grouping, BRIC started after the responsibilities (CBDR).
meeting of the leaders of Russia, India and   Climate justice and equitable transitions.
China in St. Petersburg on the margins of the   Greater financial and technological support
G8 Outreach Summit in 2006. from developed nations.
 The grouping was formalised during the first  Promotion of Green Technology and In-
meeting of BRIC Foreign Ministers on the novation
margins of the UNGA in New York in 2006.
 Through joint research initiatives and
 The first BRIC Summit was held in
technology-sharing platforms, BRICS promotes
Yekaterinburg, Russia, in 2009.
innovation in areas like renewable energy,
  It was decided to include South Africa at
waste management, water conservation, and
the BRIC Foreign Ministers’ meeting in
sustainable agriculture.
New York in 2010, and accordingly, South
Africa attended the 3rd BRICS Summit in  Capacity Building and Knowledge Exchange
Sanya, China, in 2011.  BRICS supports capacity building in
 BRICS is an important grouping bringing together environmental governance by organizing
the major emerging economies from the world, forums, workshops, and training programs.

June, 2025 (81) CURRENT DRISHTI

 These activities help countries in the Global South tainable development and environmental gover-
strengthen institutions, enhance regulatory nance in the Global South by offering financial
frameworks, and implement sustainability goals. alternatives, fostering technological coopera-
ˆˆ Conclusion tion, and advocating for equity in global environ-
 BRICS plays a pivotal role in promoting sus- mental policymaking.

Sub-Committee on GRAP Implementation invokes

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l About Stage 1 of the Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP)

ˆˆ Recent Context  Use of anti-smog guns, especially at major

Recently on April 2, 2025 , Delhi’s daily construction and road repair sites.
average Air Quality Index (AQI) clocked 217 (‘Poor’  Ban on open burning of waste, with
category), as per the daily AQI Bulletin provided by enforcement of National Green Tribunal (NGT)
the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). penalties.
  In wake of the average/ overall air quality of  Smooth traffic flow via enhanced deployment
Delhi recording ‘Poor’ air quality category of traffic police at congested areas.
ranging between 201-300, the Sub-  Strict enforcement of PUC norms and
Committee for invoking actions under the impounding of visibly polluting vehicles.
Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP)  Diversion of non-destined truck traffic using
of the Commission for Air Quality peripheral expressways.
Management in NCR and Adjoining Areas  Compliance with emission norms for
(CAQM) met to take stock of the current air industries, brick kilns, and power plants.
quality scenario of Delhi-NCR.  Ban on coal and firewood in eateries and
ˆˆ Key Highlights roadside food stalls.
 As per the unanimous decision of the Sub-  Promotion of electric and hybrid vehicles and
Committee on GRAP, all 27 actions as envisaged discouragement of older diesel/petrol vehicles.
under Stage-I of GRAP – ‘POOR’ Air Quality  Regular lifting of all types of waste from
(DELHI AQI ranging between 201-300), to be municipal and industrial zones.
implemented in right earnest by all the agencies  Use of clean energy alternatives in hospitality
concerned in NCR, with immediate effect. and industrial sectors.
 A 27-point action plan as per Stage-I of GRAP  Public awareness and reporting via Green
is applicable with immediate effect, in the entire Delhi, SAMEER, and 311 apps.
NCR.  Encouragement for unified office commute
 This 27-point action plan includes steps to be systems to reduce vehicular load.
implemented/ ensured by various agencies
ˆˆ About Stage 1 of the Graded Response
including Pollution Control Boards of NCR
Action Plan (GRAP)
States and DPCC. These steps are:
 Stage 1 of the Graded Response Action Plan
 27-Point Action Plan: Major Measures (GRAP) in Delhi-NCR is activated when the Air
Include Quality Index (AQI) falls between 201 and 300,
 Strict control of construction and demolition indicating “poor” air quality.
activities, especially those unregistered or  This stage triggers a series of measures aimed
violating dust control norms. at mitigating air pollution, primarily focusing on
 Regular sweeping and water sprinkling on dust control, waste management, and reducing
roads to minimize dust resuspension. vehicle emissions.

CURRENT DRISHTI (82) June, 2025

 India’s First-Ever Climate Change Station
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l The Indo-Swiss Joint Research Project “ICE-CRUNCH l About Indian Himalayan
Regions

ˆˆ Recent Context together Indian and Swiss scientists to study

Recently India’s first climate change station ice-nucleating particles and cloud condensation
inaugurated in Jammu and Kashmir’s Udhampur nuclei.
district. Located at the Central University of  These studies are crucial in understanding the
Jammu’s Himalayan High Altitude Atmospheric role of aerosols in cloud microphysics and their
and Climate Research Center, the station will study broader implications on climate systems and
climate phenomena in the Himalayan region. precipitation in the Himalayan region.
 Climate change station inaugurated by-
ˆˆ The Indo-Swiss Joint Research Project
Union Minister Jitendra Singh
“ICE-CRUNCH
 Climate change station inaugurated on- April
 Coinciding with the inauguration, Dr. Jitendra
8, 2025
Singh also flagged off the Indo-Swiss Joint
ˆˆ Key Highlights Research Project “ICE-CRUNCH (Ice nucleating
 The state-of-the-art facility, situated at one of particles and cloud condensation nuclei
the highest altitudes in the region, is expected properties in the North-Western Himalayas)” –
to serve as a crucial gateway for cutting- a collaborative study between Indian scientists
edge climate research in the north-western and researchers from ETH Zürich, Switzerland.
Himalayas.  Project “ICE-CRUNCH aimed at exploring the
 The newly Inaugurated Centre, a joint initiative properties of ice nucleating particles and cloud
of the Ministry of Earth Sciences, the J&K Forest condensation nuclei in the region.
Department, and the Central University of
Jammu, is located at an altitude of 2,250 meters ˆˆ About Indian Himalayan Regions
above sea level.  The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) is a
 The site was strategically chosen for its clean mountainous area in India that encompasses
air and minimal pollution, providing a rare the entire Himalayan range within the country.
opportunity to study atmospheric processes  It stretches from Jammu and Kashmir in the
in free tropospheric conditions — a key northwest to the northeastern states along the
requirement for understanding cloud formation, border with Bhutan, Nepal, and Tibet (China).
weather patterns, and aerosol interactions.  The IHR is home to diverse demographics and
 The Centre’s first set of measurements will landscapes, with over 50 million people residing
be conducted under ICE-CRUNCH, bringing in the region.

IBCA Headquarters in India

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l About the International Big Cat Alliance (IBCA) l IBCA as a Global Legal Entity

ˆˆ Recent Context it entails necessary provisions to enable IBCA

Recently on April 17, 2025 Government of to meet its intended objectives and also for
the Republic of India and the International Big efficient discharge of its official functions.
Cat Alliance (IBCA) signed the Headquarters  The text pertains to visas, privileges and
Agreement in New Delhi. immunities to be extended to the IBCA
ˆˆ Key Highlights Secretariat and personnel, premises, entry into
 The Agreement provides for India to be the host force, supplementary agreements, and some
for the IBCA Headquarters and Secretariat; and general provisions.

June, 2025 (83) CURRENT DRISHTI

 The Government of India shall provide budgetary that ratified the IBCA Framework Agreement.
support of Rs 150 crore to IBCA for creating  Membership: Membership is open to all UN
a corpus, building infrastructure, and meeting Member States, including:
recurring expenditure for five years from 2023-  Range countries, where big cats naturally
24 to 2028-29. occur.
 Non-range countries that are interested in
ˆˆ About the International Big Cat Alliance
supporting global conservation of big cats.
(IBCA)
 Launched by Prime Minister Narendra ˆˆ IBCA as a Global Legal Entity
Modi in April 2023 during the 50th anniversary  India formally joined the IBCA in September
of Project Tiger. Formally approved by the 2023, after ratifying the framework agreement.
Union Cabinet in February 2024.  The IBCA became a treaty-based
 Implementation agency: The IBCA is intergovernmental organisation after five
implemented through the National Tiger countries ratified the framework agreement.
Conservation Authority (NTCA) under These include India, Nicaragua, Eswatini,
the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Somalia, and Liberia.
Climate Change (MoEFCC).  Institutional Support and Funding: India has
 Objective: To conserve seven major big cat committed `150 crore (for the period 2023–
species across the world: Tiger, Lion, Leopard, 2028) as budgetary support for:
Snow Leopard, Puma, Jaguar, and Cheetah.   Creating a corpus fund,
 Current ratifying members: India, Nicaragua,   Building infrastructure, and
Eswatini, Somalia, Liberia are the initial countries   Covering recurring expenses of the IBCA.

India’s first Fast-Breeder Nuclear Reactor (500 MWe)

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l India’s installed nuclear power capacity l Future Plan

ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ India’s installed nuclear power capacity

India’s first prototype fast-breeder reactor  At present, India’s installed nuclear power
in Tamil Nadu’s Kalpakkam is expected to be capacity stands at 8.18 GW. An additional
commissioned next year (in 2026), nearly two years 7.30 GW nuclear energy projects are under
after it got the go-ahead from the nuclear regulator. construction or commissioning and 7.00
ˆˆ Key Highlights GW have been sanctioned and are currently
 The commissioning of the Prototype Fast undergoing pre-project activities.
Breeder Reactor (PFBR) will mark the second  Upon completion of these projects, India’s
stage of India’s three-stage nuclear programme nuclear power capacity is expected to reach
that aims to recycle spent fuel to reduce the 22.48 GW by 2031-32.
inventory of radioactive waste.
ˆˆ Future Plan
 The PFBR being developed in Kalpakkam is the
 Beyond this, NPCIL plans to add another
first-of-its-kind nuclear reactor to use plutonium-
15.40 GW through indigenous Pressurised
based mixed oxide as fuel and liquid sodium as
coolant. Heavy Water Reactors and 17.60 GW through
 It will also utilise the spent fuel of Pressurised Light Water Reactors with foreign cooperation,
Heavy Water Reactors, which form the bringing the total installed capacity to 55 GW.
mainstay of nuclear power in India at present.  Additionally, BHAVINI is expected to contribute
 While the state-run Nuclear Power Corporation 3.80 GW through Fast Breeder Reactors while
of India Limited (NPCIL) operates nuclear power the remainder of the capacity will come from
plants in the country, the PFBR in Kalpakkam is Small Modular Reactors, Bharat Small Reactors,
being developed by the Bharatiya Nabhikiya and other advanced nuclear technologies
Vidyut Nigam (BHAVINI). developed with private sector collaboration.

CURRENT DRISHTI (84) June, 2025

 CPCB revises Classification of Industries
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Classification of Compressed Biogas Plants (CBP) l In-Depth Analysis
l Industries and Their Impacts as Pollutants l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context from time to time and the pollution index shall
Recently in April 2025, the Central Pollution continue to be calculated as per the formula.
Control Board (CPCB) has directed state pollution ˆˆ Classification of Compressed Biogas
control boards to adopt a revised classification of
Plants (CBP):
industries with a new category, blue, for so-called
 CBG plants based on various feedstock like
“Essential Environmental Services (EES)” such
municipal solid waste, agro-residue, energy
as those engaged in maintaining landfills or bio-
crops/grass/weeds, etc having littering potential
mining.
may be considered under blue category.
ˆˆ Key Highlights  CBG plants based on industrial or process
 The new category of the EES will be termed
waste will continue to be in red category.
“Blue Category sector” and as an incentive
for the essential services an additional two In-Depth Analysis
years validity for consent to operate (as per the ˆˆ Industries and Their Impact as Pollutants
Pollution Index) will be provided.  Industries are crucial to national development,
 In the new classification, CPCB has classified but they are also among the largest sources of
a total of 419 sectors into Red (125), Orange
environmental degradation.
(137), Green (94), White (54) and Blue (9)
  The industrial sector contributes
category.
significantly to air, water, and soil pollution,
 The category also includes waste to energy
adversely affecting human health and
plants and some compressed biogas plants --
natural ecosystems.
essentially any utility required for management
of environmental concerns.  Air Pollution
 The new classification is based on “precautionary  According to the Central Pollution Control Board
principle” or potential of industries to pollute the
(CPCB), industrial emissions account for nearly
environment.
25% of total air pollution in India.
 As per the revised methodology, the category
 Major pollutants include sulphur dioxide (SO2),
of the sector is decided based on the following
nitrogen oxides (NO2), and particulate matter
ranges of Pollution Index:
(PM2.5 and PM10) released by thermal power
Industry Examples plants, cement, and steel industries.
Red Cement, manufacturing of  Supreme Court Judgment (M.C. Mehta v. Union
(PI > 80) automobiles, distilleries, etc. of India, 1987 – Oleum Gas Leak Case):held
Orange Brick manufacturing, dry cell battery, industries strictly liable for harm caused by
(55 ≤ PI < 80) coal washeries, etc. hazardous substances and introduced the
Green Manufacturing of Compact disc “absolute liability” principle, going beyond the
(25 ≤ PI < 55) Computer (CD/DVD), chilling plants, traditional fault-based approach.
etc.
White Assembly of air coolers, cardboard
 Water Pollution
(PI < 25) manufacturing, medical oxygen, etc.  As per a 2021 CPCB report, more than 60%
Blue Municipal Solid Waste Management of industrial effluents in India are discharged
(based Facility (Sanitary landfill/Integrated untreated into water bodies.
on CPCB Sanitary landfills, etc.) sewage  Industries like tanneries, pharmaceuticals,
formula) treatment plants, etc. and textiles release heavy metals, dyes, and
 Blue category industries are required to meet all chemicals, damaging aquatic life and public
prescribed environmental norms/rules notified health.

June, 2025 (85) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Supreme Court Judgment (Vellore Citizens’  Noise Pollution
Welfare Forum v. Union of India, 1996)  Industrial noise exceeds safe limits (as per
recognized “sustainable development” and WHO: 85 dB for 8 hours/day), causing stress
directed the implementation of the Precautionary and hearing issues among workers and nearby
Principle and Polluter Pays Principle, mandating
residents.
polluting industries (like tanneries in Tamil Nadu)
 Supreme Court Judgment (In Re: Noise
to install effluent treatment plants.
Pollution – 2005): Though focused on
 Soil Pollution firecrackers, the Court emphasized the
 Hazardous waste from chemical and heavy importance of maintaining ambient noise levels,
industries leaches into soil, contaminating it applicable to industrial zones as well.
with lead, mercury, and cadmium, thereby ˆˆ Conclusion
impacting agriculture.  Unchecked industrial activity is a major
 A NITI Aayog report (2020) warns that more environmental threat. However, the Supreme
than 30% of India’s land is affected by degra- Court of India has played a pivotal role in
dation, including pollution from industrial activities.
enforcing environmental safeguards through
 Thermal Pollution landmark judgments.
 Industries release heated water into rivers,  Moving forward, environmental regulation,
decreasing oxygen levels and affecting pollution control technologies, and judicial
biodiversity. The National Green Tribunal activism must work together to ensure
(NGT) has also directed thermal plants to install that industrial growth does not compromise
cooling towers and avoid direct discharge. ecological sustainability.

UNESCO Global Geoparks

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l New UNESCO Global Geoparks 2025 – A Global Overview l India’s Perspective
and Global Geopark Ambitions l Way Forward for India

ˆˆ Recent Context  New Additions in 2025:

On April 17, 2025, UNESCO designated 16 new 16 new sites were added from 11 different
 
Global Geoparks, expanding its Global Geoparks countries.
Network (GGN) to a total of 229 geoparks across This expansion marks the 10th Anniversary
 
50 countries.
of UNESCO Global Geoparks.
  These geoparks are spread across Asia,
 Key Geographical Representations:
Europe, Africa, and Latin America,
Asia:
  China, DPR Korea, Indonesia,
representing a significant step towards
Republic of Korea, Vietnam.
global conservation of unique geological
Europe:
  Italy, Norway, Spain, United
formations.
Kingdom.
ˆˆ Key Highlights
Middle East and Latin America: Saudi
 
 Global Geoparks Network (GGN):
Arabia, Ecuador.
Established
  in 2015 as part of the
 UNESCO’s Global Objective:
International Geosciences and
Geoparks Programme (IGGP). To
  protect significant geological
Aims to protect geological heritage,
  formations, fossil records, and volcanic
promote education, and support landscapes.
sustainable development. To enhance environmental awareness,
 
Currently, the GGN has 229 geoparks in
  sustainable tourism, and community-
50 countries. based conservation.

CURRENT DRISHTI (86) June, 2025

ˆˆ New UNESCO Global Geoparks 2025 – A 5. Tungurahua Volcano Geopark (Ecuador)
Global Overview – Known for its volcanic and glacial history
spanning 417 million years.
 Geoparks in Asia
1. Kanbula Geopark (China) – Located on the
ˆˆ India’s Perspective and Global Geopark
Qinghai-Tibet Plateau, featuring ancient Ambitions
volcanoes and the Yellow River.  Current Status:
2. Yunyang Geopark (China) – Highlights   Despite its diverse geological formations,
landscapes dating back 250 million years, India does not yet have a UNESCO-
showing transitions from inland seas to terrestrial designated Global Geopark.
zones.   However, three geological sites in India
3. Mt. Paektu Geopark (DPR Korea) – have been proposed for Global Geopark
Characterized by volcanic eruptions and glacial status:
erosion, marking DPR Korea’s first Geopark. 1. Lonar Crater (Maharashtra) – A unique
4. Kebumen Geopark (Indonesia) – Known saline soda lake formed by a meteor
for ancient rock formations and the impact.
Karangsambung site. 2.  St. Mary’s Islands (Karnataka) –
5. Meratus Geopark (Indonesia) – Features Known for its unique columnar basaltic
geological history from the Jurassic period, lava formations.
with diamond deposits. 3. Varanasi Hills (Bihar) – Features ev-
6. Danyang Geopark (Republic of Korea) – idence of ancient geological shifts and
Includes 1.9-billion-year-old granite gneiss fossil records.
 Potential and Initiatives:
formations.
7. Gyeongbuk Donghaean Geopark (Republic   India possesses significant potential with
of Korea) – Famous for Deokgu Valley, ancient its Deccan Plateau, Himalayan Ranges,
and Western Ghats.
granitic rocks, and hot springs.
  Efforts are being made to bring geological
 Geoparks in Europe awareness and conservation programs
1. MurGEopark (Italy) – Located in the Murges to the forefront.
Highlands, known for its stable Adriatic Plate.   The Ministry of Mines and Geological
2. The Fjord Coast (Norway) – Highlights fjords, Survey of India (GSI) is working to secure
cascading waterfalls, and glaciers. UNESCO recognition.
3. Costa Quebrada (Spain) – Displays tectonic  Strategic Importance:
movements over 120 million years along the   Recognition as a Global Geopark would
Cantabrian coast. enhance sustainable tourism and
4. Arran Geopark (United Kingdom) – A Scottish environmental education.
island with a 600-million-year-old geological   It would support local communities through
history. eco-friendly economic opportunities.
  Geoparks would serve as hubs for
 Geoparks in the Middle East and Latin
scientific research and climate resilience
America
in geologically sensitive areas.
1. North Riyadh Geopark (Saudi Arabia) – UNESCO’s expansion of Global Geoparks is a
Located at Tuwaiq Mountain, known for testament to the global commitment to geological
Tabletop Mountains. conservation, sustainable development, and
2. Salma Geopark (Saudi Arabia) – Features community-based education. For India, aspiring
volcanic and magmatic rocks over 740 to join this global network offers an opportunity
million years old. to showcase its unique geological marvels,
3. Lang Son Geopark (Vietnam) – Showcases enhance local livelihoods, and contribute to global
volcanic landscapes and evolving ecosystems. environmental sustainability. By embracing
4. Napo Sumaco Geopark (Ecuador) – Situated this vision, India can pave the way for geological
in the Amazon Basin, includes Sumaco tourism, education, and sustainable conservation
Volcano. for generations to come.

June, 2025 (87) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Draft Greenhouse Gases Emission Intensity
ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Draft GEI target Rules l Draft Rules tie into India’s carbon credit trading scheme
l Backgrounder l About Carbon Credit Trading Scheme (CCTS) l About Green House Gases Emissions Intensity
(GEI)

ˆˆ Recent Context  Under Article 17 of the Kyoto Protocol, the

Recently on April 16, 2025 the government international treaty that committed industrialised
has notified draft Rules introducing targets for the countries and economies in transition to limit
reduction of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by and reduce GHG emissions in accordance
“obligated entities” in energy-intensive sectors and with agreed individual targets, countries that
industries. have emission units to spare — permitted but
ˆˆ Key Highlights “unused” — were allowed to sell this excess
 The Draft Greenhouse Gases Emissions capacity to countries that were over their targets.
Intensity (GEI) Target Rules, 2025, notified by  Since carbon dioxide is the principal greenhouse
the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate gas, this trade is spoken of as trading in carbon
Change, puts in place a compliance mechanism in the “carbon market”.
for the Carbon Credit Trading Scheme, 2023  With the introduction of the GEI targets,
(CCTS). industries will know what exactly to achieve in
 The draft Rules are open for objections and order to earn carbon credits.
suggestions in a 60-day window from the date  They will also have to create action plans
of their notification. towards achieving those goals.
 Industries will be issued carbon credits for
ˆˆ Draft GEI target Rules cutting emissions intensity, which they can trade
 The Rules set forth baseline emissions for
on India’s carbon market.
2023-24 and define gradual reduction targets
 Industries that fail to meet their obligations
for the years 2025-26 and 2026-27 as part of
under the carbon trading scheme would have to
the mechanism to make India’s Carbon Credits
buy credits to meet their compliance shortfall,
Trading Scheme, 2023, operational.
or be penalised by the Central Pollution Control
 GHG intensity reduction targets and benchmarks
Board, as per the Rules.
have been set for the highly energy-intensive
 Carbon credits are traded through the Indian
aluminium, chlor-alkali, pulp and paper, and
Carbon Market platform, with oversight of the
cement industries.
Bureau of Energy Efficiency under the Union
 These targets, for a two-year period starting
Ministry of Power.
2025-26, cover 282 entities or industrial units
 The availability of credits provide industries with
in these industries — 13 aluminium plants, 186
the incentive to decarbonise.
cement plants, 53 pulp and paper plants, and 30
 Industries with resources to adopt clean
chlor-alkali plants.
technology can use their credits to earn profits,
 Among the large corporations that have been
while those with fewer resources can make the
assigned targets under the Rules are Vedanta,
shift gradually by buying carbon credits.
Hindalco, Bharat Aluminium, JSW Cement,
Ultratech, Nalco Backgrounder
 The Rules also lay down the mechanism for ˆˆ About Carbon Credit Trading Scheme
industries to comply with these targets, and (CCTS)
specify penalties for their failure to do so.  The CCTS was launched to create a
ˆˆ Draft Rules tie into India’s Carbon Credit framework for the trading of carbon credits, to
Trading Scheme facilitate the reduction of emissions in energy
 The CCTS established a framework for intensive industries, and to support India’s
generating, trading, and using carbon credit climate commitments under the Paris Climate
certificates. Agreement of 2015.

CURRENT DRISHTI (88) June, 2025

ˆˆ About Green House Gases Emissions  GHG emissions intensity, or GEI, is the amount
Intensity (GEI) of GHGs that are emitted per unit of product
 Green House Gases are gases that trap output — the amount of GHGs that are released
heat in the atmosphere and contribute to in the production of, say, 1 tonne of cement,
the “greenhouse effect” that raises surface aluminium, or paper, etc.
temperature on Earth.  The draft Rules define GEI as “greenhouse
 The five most abundant GHGs in the atmosphere gases emission intensity in tCO2e/ equivalent
are water vapour, carbon dioxide, methane, output or product”. tCO2e, or tonnes of carbon
nitrous oxide, and ozone. dioxide equivalent, is the standard unit used
 Other GHGs include synthetic fluorinated to measure the impact of all GHGs, not just
gases such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and CO2, based on their potential to warm the
hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs). planet.

Similipal Tiger Reserve as a National Park

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l The impact of the move l Conservation measures by the state l Backgrounder
l About Similipal l About National Parks in India

ˆˆ Recent Context  A national park cannot be downgraded to a

Recently the Odisha government on April 24, sanctuary.
2025 notified the Similipal Tiger Reserve (STR),
ˆˆ Conservation measures by the state
the world’s only home to wild melanistic tigers, as a
 The state’s forest department is implementing
national park spanning an area of 845.70 sq/km.
the Greater Similipal Landscape Programme to
ˆˆ Key Highlights secure the newly designated national park and
 It is the 107th national park and the second in its surrounding ecological corridors.
the eastern state, after the Bhitarkanika.  This includes camera towers and trail guard
 Proposed in 1980, the intention to declare camera systems powered by Artificial
Similipal as a National Park remained pending Intelligence (AI), V-SAT communication
for over four decades. networks for surveillance in remote zones,
ˆˆ The impact of the move and a dedicated security force including one
 Calling it a landmark step towards ‘Viksit Bharat, company of trained police personnel and ex-
Viksit Odisha’, Chief Minister Mohan Charan servicemen.
Majhi said, “The long-awaited declaration Backgrounder
strengthens our ecological legacy, uplifts tribal
aspirations . ˆˆ About Similipal
 The remaining part of the 2,750 sq/km area will  Similipal, located in Odisha’s Mayurbhanj
be considered as a wildlife sanctuary. district, is home to 40 royal Bengal tigers, shelter
 “The final notification acknowledges Similipal’s to 25% of Odisha’s elephant population and 104
multi-layered significance as a wildlife sanctuary, orchid species, many endemic to the region.
project tiger, UNESCO biosphere reserve, and  It is a haven for over 360 species of birds, and
elephant reserve, now united under the highest diverse mammals like leopards, sambar, and
national ecological recognition. mugger crocodiles.
 With the declaration of national park status, the  The forests of Similipal are a mix of sal trees,
notified area (845.70 sq/km) will now be ‘rights moist deciduous, and semi-evergreen types,
free’ and no human activities will be allowed, in creating a complex and thriving habitat for flora,
a significant step towards conservation. fauna, and forest-dependent communities.
 The national park notified area will include flora,  The tigers of Similipal possess higher-than-
fauna, and all other objects of historical and normal levels of melanin, giving them coats that
geographic significance. are more black with yellow stripes.

June, 2025 (89) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Due to their unique lineage, they may be government to be constituted as a National
accurately described as pseudo-melanistic. Park, by reason of its ecological, faunal, floral,
geomorphological, or zoological association
ˆˆ About National Parks in India or importance, needed to for the purpose of
 National park is an area, whether within a protecting & propagating or developing wildlife
sanctuary or not, can be notified by the state therein or its environment.

List of National Parks (As on February, 2025)

Name of State No. of PAs Name of Protected Area Year of Creation Area
(in km2)
Andhra Pradesh 1 Papikonda 2008 1012.8588
2 Rajiv Gandhi (Rameswaram) 2005 2.3952
3 Sri Venkateswara 1989 353.62
Arunachal Pradesh 1 Mouling 1986 483.00
2 Namdapha 1983 1807.82
Assam 1 Dibru-Saikhowa 1999 340.00
2 Dihing Patkai 2021 234.26
3 Kaziranga 1974 889.51
4 Manas 1990 500.00
5 Nameri 1998 200.00
6 Rajiv Gandhi (Orang) 1999 78.81
7 Raimona 2021 422.00
Bihar 1 Valmiki 1989 335.65
Chhattisgarh 1 Guru Ghasidas (Sanjay) 1981 1440.71
2 Indravati (Kutru) 1982 1258.37
3 Kanger Valley 1982 200.00
Goa 1 Mollem 1992 107.00
Gujarat 1 Blackbuck (Velavadar) 1976 34.53
2 Gir 1975 258.71
3 Marine (Gulf of Kachchh) 1982 162.89
4 Vansda 1979 23.99
Haryana 1 Kalesar 2003 46.82
2 Sultanpur 1989 1.43
Himachal Pradesh 1 Great Himalayan 1984 754.40
2 Inderkilla 2010 94.00
3 Khirganga 2010 705.00
4 Pin Valley 1987 675.00
5 Col. Sherjung Simbalbara 2010 27.88
Jharkhand 1 Betla 1986 226.33
Karnataka 1 Anshi 1987 417.34
2 Bandipur 1974 872.24
3 Bannerghatta 1974 260.51
4 Kudremukh 1987 600.57
5 Nagarahole (Rajiv Gandhi) 1988 643.39
Kerala 1 Anamudi Shola 2003 7.50
2 Eravikulam 1978 97.00
3 Mathikettan Shola 2003 12.82

CURRENT DRISHTI (90) June, 2025

 4 Pambadum Shola 2003 1.32
5 Periyar 1982 350.00
6 Silent Valley 1984 89.52
Madhya Pradesh 1 Bandhavgarh 1968 448.842
2 Dinosaur Fossils 2011 0.897
3 Fossil 1983 0.27
4 Pench 1975 292.857
5 Kanha 1955 941.793
6 Kuno 2018 748.761
7 Madhav 1959 375.23
8 Panna 1981 542.66
9 Sanjay 1981 464.643
10 Satpura 1981 528.729
11 Van Vihar 1979 4.452
Maharashtra 1 Chandoli 2004 317.67
2 Gugamal 1975 361.28
3 Nawegaon 1975 133.88
4 Pench (Jawaharlal Nehru) 1975 257.26
5 Sanjay Gandhi (Borivilli) 1983 86.96
6 Tadoba 1955 116.55
Manipur 1 Keibul-Lamjao 1977 40.00
2 Shiroi 1982 100.00
Meghalaya 1 Balphakram 1986 220.00
2 Nokrek Ridge 1997 47.48
Mizoram 1 Murlen 2003 100.00
2 Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) 1997 50.00
Nagaland 1 Intanki 1993 202.02
Odisha 1 Bhitarkanika 1988 145.00
2 Simlipal 1980 845.70
Rajasthan 1 Desert 1992 3162.00
2 Keoladeo Ghana 1981 28.73
3 Mukundra Hills 2006 200.54
4 Ranthambhore 1980 282.00
5 Sariska 1992 273.80
Sikkim 1 Khangchendzonga 1977 1784.00
Tamil Nadu 1 Guindy 1976 2.7057
2 Gulf of Mannar Marine 1980 526.02
3 Indira Gandhi (Annamalai) 1989 117.10
4 Mudumalai 1990 103.23
5 Mukurthi 1990 78.46
Telangana 1 Kasu Brahmananda Reddy 1994 1.425
2 Mahaveer Harina Vanasthali 1994 14.59
3 Mrugavani 1994 3.60
Tripura 1 Clouded Leopard 2007 5.08
2 Bison (Rajbari) 2007 31.63

June, 2025 (91) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Uttar Pradesh 1 Dudhwa 1977 490.00
Uttarakhand 1 Corbett 1936 520.82
2 Gangotri 1989 2390.02
3 Govind 1990 472.08
4 Nanda Devi 1982 624.60
5 Rajaji 1983 820.00
6 Valley of Flowers 1982 87.50
West Bengal 1 Buxa 1992 117.10
2 Gorumara 1992 79.45
3 Jaldapara 2014 216.34
4 Neora Valley 1986 159.8917
5 Singalila 1986 78.60
6 Sunderban 1984 1330.10
Andaman & 1 Campbell Bay 1992 426.23
Nicobar Islands 2 Galathea Bay 1992 110.00
3 Mahatama Gandhi Marine (Wandoor) 1983 281.50
4 Mount Harriett 1987 46.62
5 Rani Jhansi Marine 1996 320.06
6 Saddle Peak 1987 32.54
Jammu & Kashmir 1 City Forest (Salim Ali) 1992 9.07
2 Dachigam 1981 141.00
3 Kazinag 2000 90.88
4 Kishtwar High Altitute 1981 2191.50
Ladakh 1 Hemis 1981 3350.00
Source: MoEFCC & State Forest Departments

Bio- input Resource Centres (BRC)

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Key Highlights l Key Points of Guideline l About BRCs l BRCs vital for natural farming

ˆˆ Recent Context such members with prior experience of natural

Recently on April 23, 2025 the Union Ministry of farming, the guidelines mandate.
Agriculture and Farmers’ Welfare has come up with  These centres should be using bio-inputs in
the guidelines for setting up of bio-input resource their own farms.
centres (BRC) under the National Mission on Natural  In case there is no member is initially practising
Farming (NMNF). natural farming, the state natural farming cell,
headed by the secretary in-charge of agriculture,
ˆˆ Key Highlights shall identify a farmer entrepreneur who is willing
 Under the guidelines published on April 23, to initiate and practice natural farming starting
2025, financial assistance of Rs 1 lakh will be from the immediate crop season.
provided as support to set up each centre.  The bio-inputs should be prepared as per
 But experts and stakeholders have flagged that requirements of the local farmers, local land-use
this amount may be inadequate in successfully patterns, soil types and locally practiced crop
setting up and running a BRC that can support systems.
transition for farmers to natural farming.
ˆˆ Affordability and financial assistance
ˆˆ Key Points of Guideline  The state natural farming cell and district-level
 First and foremost, a BRC entrepreneur group / monitoring committee must also ensure that
entity must be practising natural farming or have the cost of bio-inputs sold at the BRC must be

CURRENT DRISHTI (92) June, 2025

 affordable for all types of farmers, including support local production, availability and supply
small and marginal farmers. of ready-to-use bio-inputs for natural farming to
 A financial assistance of Rs 1 lakh, in two farmers who may not be able to produce them
tranches of Rs 50,000 each, will be provided as individually.
support to set up a BRC.  Along with bio-inputs, it is also envisaged
 The guidelines also talked about exploring as a centre to disseminate knowledge and
convergence with other schemes / programmes experience related to natural farming to farmers
such as Formation and Promotion of 10,000 who face challenges while transitioning to
FPOs, National Mission on Edible Oilseeds,
natural / organic farming.
among others for mobilising farmers and making
 The initiative was first announced by Union
them aware of the BRC.
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman during the
ˆˆ About BRCs budget speech for 2023-24, with a plan to set up
 BRCs are cluster-level enterprises, meant to 10,000 BRCs.

Global Wind Report 2025

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Status of Wind Energy in India l Challenges in Wind Energy Production in India
l Strategies to Strengthen Wind Energy in India l Conclusion

ˆˆ Recent Context onshore wind capacity in Africa and the

Recently Global Wind Energy Council’s (GWEC) Middle East doubling in 2024 compared to
Global Wind Report 2025 warns that projected previous years.
wind capacity will only meet 77% of 2030 targets,  Offshore Wind
jeopardizing net-zero and Paris Agreement goals to
limit warming to below 2°C (preferably 1.5°C).  Only 8 GW of offshore wind capacity was added
in 2024, representing a 26% decline from 2023
ˆˆ Key Highlights levels.
 The Global Wind Report 2025 by the Global
Wind Energy Council (GWEC) issues a critical ˆˆ Status of Wind Energy in India (As of
warning: the projected global wind energy March 31, 2025)
capacity will meet only 77% of the 2030  Installed Capacity: India has achieved a
targets, thereby jeopardizing the net-zero cumulative wind power capacity of 50.04
commitments and the goals of the Paris GW.
Agreement to limit global temperature rise to  In FY 2024–25, 4.15 GW of wind capacity was
below 2°C, preferably 1.5°C. added, up from 3.25 GW in FY 2023–24.
 Global Standing: India ranks 4th globally in
 Wind Power Installations (2024)
terms of total installed wind power capacity,
 117 GW of new wind power capacity was following China, the United States, and
installed globally in 2024, slightly up from 116.6 Germany.
GW in 2023.  State-wise Distribution: The leading wind
 This brings the total global wind power
power-producing states in 2025 are:
capacity to 1,136 GW.
  Gujarat
 Regional Performance   Karnataka
 China accounted for 70% of the new global   Tamil Nadu
capacity in 2024, reaffirming its leadership in the  Domestic Manufacturing Capacity: India
sector. possesses a strong manufacturing base with:
 Other leading markets include the United   18,000 MW/year of wind turbine
States, Brazil, India, and Germany. manufacturing capacity.
 In emerging regions, Uzbekistan, Egypt,  Offshore Wind Potential: As per the National
and Saudi Arabia made notable strides, with Institute of Wind Energy (NIWE):

June, 2025 (93) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Gujarat has an estimated offshore wind
  7. E-waste and Environmental Concerns:
potential of 36 GW. Disposal of aging components such as inverters,
Tamil Nadu has approximately 35 GW of
  batteries, and control systems containing lead,
potential. cadmium, and mercury poses hazardous
ˆˆ Challenges in Wind Energy Production waste challenges.
in India ˆˆ Strategies to Strengthen Wind Energy in
1. Land Acquisition Complexities: Each wind India
turbine requires 7–8 acres for large rotor 1. Robust Policy Framework: Simplify land
installations. acquisition procedures and fast-track
  Delays due to slow conversion of approvals.
agricultural land to non-agricultural land   Introduce a uniform national wind policy.
hinder timely project execution. 2. Land Bank Development: Establish a national
2. Grid Infrastructure Deficits: High-potential land bank to pre-secure conflict-free land.
regions such as Rajasthan, Gujarat, and 3. Offshore Wind Advancement: Collaborate with
coastal Tamil Nadu lack modern transmission nations like Denmark and the UK to leverage
lines. their technological expertise.
3. Policy Inconsistencies: Withdrawal of
4. Hybrid Wind-Solar Projects: Encourage
schemes such as Accelerated Depreciation
integrated wind-solar installations for better
and Generation-Based Incentives has created
land utilization and more stable energy
uncertainty.
generation.
4. High Upfront Capital Costs: Installation, grid
5. Financial and Market Innovations: Facilitate
connection, and turbine procurement remain
capital-intensive. access to green bonds and carbon credit
  Smaller developers face funding challenges. markets to monetize emissions reductions.
5. Supply Chain Constraints: Domestic capacity 6. Boost Domestic Manufacturing: Launch a PLI
for towers is 5,200 MW and for gearboxes 8,000 (Production Linked Incentive) scheme for
MW annually. domestic production of wind equipment (blades,
6. Reliance on Imports and Cybersecurity gearboxes, towers).
Risks: Import dependence, especially from 7. Invest in Emerging Technologies: Explore
China, raises supply chain vulnerabilities and deployment of floating wind turbines to exploit
potential cybersecurity threats. deep-sea wind resources.

United Nations Forum on Forests

ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l Country - Led Initiatives l Restoring Degraded Forest Landscapes l About
United Nations Forum on Forests

ˆˆ Recent Context forest conservation and sustainable forest

Recently India participated in the 20 session
th management, reaffirming its commitment to
of the United Nations Forum on Forests (UNFF20), achieving the Voluntary National Contributions
held at the United Nations Headquarters in New York (VNCs) under the United Nations Strategic Plan
from May 5 to 9, 2025. for Forests 2017–2030.
 India reported a consistent increase in forest
ˆˆ Key Highlights and tree cover, now encompassing 25.17%
 The Indian delegation to UNFF20 was led of its geographical area as per the latest India
by Sushil Kumar Awasthi, Director General State of Forest Report as a result of key national
of Forests and Special Secretary, Ministry of initiatives like the restoration of land under the
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Aravalli Green Wall.
Government of India.  A 7.86% increase in mangrove cover over the
 India highlighted its significant progress in past decade, afforestation of over 1.55 lakh

CURRENT DRISHTI (94) June, 2025

 hectares under the Green India Mission, and  India joined a high-level panel on “Valuing
plantation of 1.4 billion seedlings under the Ek Forest Ecosystems in National Policy and
Ped Maa Ke Naam (Plant4Mother) campaign. Strategy,” where the delegation shared findings
 A key moment of India’s participation was the from pilot studies in Uttarakhand, Rajasthan,
invitation to all UN Member States to join the and tiger reserves.
International Big Cat Alliance (IBCA).   These studies quantified ecosystem
  It is a global platform launched by India to services such as carbon sequestration,
support conservation of the seven big cat water provisioning, and biodiversity
species through joint research, knowledge conservation using frameworks such as
exchange, and capacity-building. the System of Environmental-Economic
ˆˆ Country - Led Initiatives Accounting (SEEA) and the Millennium
 The Indian delegation called for global action on Ecosystem Assessment (MEA).
the outcomes of the Country-Led Initiative (CLI) ˆˆ About United Nations Forum on Forests
hosted by India in Dehradun in October 2023,  In October 2000, the Economic and Social
which focused on forest fire management and Council of the United Nations (ECOSOC),
forest certification. established the United Nations Forum on
 India also acknowledged and appreciated Forests (UNFF), a subsidiary body.
CLI efforts led by the Republic of Congo, the  The Forum has universal membership, and is
Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, and composed of all Member States of the United
Austria, and emphasized the importance of Nations and specialized agencies.
integrating CLI outcomes into formal global  On April 27, 2017, the UN General Assembly
mechanisms to support priority forestry issues. adopted the first ever UN Strategic Plan for
ˆˆ Restoring Degraded Forest Landscapes Forests 2017-2030.
 India also hosted a side event on “Restoring  The Strategic Plan provides a global framework
Degraded Forest Landscapes: India’s for actions at all levels to sustainably manage
Approach to Sustainable Forest Management all types of forests and trees outside of
and Climate Resilience.” forests and halt deforestation and forest
 The event showcased India’s experience with degradation.
integrated forest restoration through policy  At the heart of the Strategic Plan are six Global
innovation, convergence of resources, active Forest Goals and 26 associated targets to
community engagement, and use of technology be achieved by 2030, which are voluntary and
for monitoring and evaluation. universal.

Snow leopards in Ladakh

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights

ˆˆ Recent Context  The finding has emerged from the most

Recently the study, titled ‘Comprehensive as- comprehensive survey, spanning 59,000 sq km,
sessment of snow leopard distribution and pop- of snow leopards in India.
ulation in the Indian Trans-Himalaya, Ladakh’,  According to the Status Reports of Snow
was published on May 7, 2025 in the open-access Leopards in India, released by the Union
journal PLOS One. government in January 2024, the snow leopard
 It is co-authored by P. Raina, N.A. Mungi, U. population in the country stood at 718.
Kumar, A.D. Rathi, N.H. Khan and D.A. Patel.  The study, conducted by Ladakh’s Department
of Wildlife Protection, goes deeper into the
ˆˆ Key Highlights population status in Ladakh.
 Ladakh hosts 477 snow leopards, two-thirds  It found the density of snow leopards varying
of the country’s total population of these wild between one and three individuals per 100 sq
cats. km. remarkably, the Hemis National Park in the

June, 2025 (95) CURRENT DRISHTI

 region was found to have the most concentrated  The snow leopards report of the Union ministry
presence of snow leopards globally. of environment, forest and climate change had
 Despite the elusive nature of the animal, the covered over 70 per cent of the potential snow
study found that six of every 10 snow leopards in leopard range in the country.
Ladakh coexisted alongside human habitations.  Snow leopards are found in Ladakh, Jammu
 This underlines the need for inclusive and Kashmir and the Himalayan states of
conservation strategies balancing traditional Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Sikkim and
pastoralism and modern development. Arunachal Pradesh.

CoP to the Basel, Rotterdam, and Stockholm

Conventions (BRS COPs)
ˆˆ Article Index
lRecent Context l Key Highlights l India’s Participation l India’s stand on Chlorpyrifos l Backgrounder l Basel
Convention l Rotterdam Convention l Stockholm Convention

ˆˆ Recent Context ˆˆ India’s stand on Chlorpyrifos

Recently the 2025 Conferences of the Parties  India opposed listing Chlorpyrifos under
(CoPs) to the Basel, Rotterdam, and Stockholm Annex A of Stockholm Convention citing food
Conventions (BRS CoPs) concluded in Geneva, security concerns and lack of alternatives.
Switzerland.   Chlorpyrifos is a hazardous insecticide
 The meetings, held between April 28, 2025 and nominated by the EU for global phase-out
May 9, 2025 focused on the sound management in 2021 due to adverse neurodevelopmental
of chemicals and waste. and health effects.
 The theme for the conference was “Make  WHO classifies Chlorpyrifos as moderately
visible the invisible: sound management of hazardous; US EPA considers it a possible
chemicals and wastes”. human carcinogen.
 India currently approves Chlorpyrifos
ˆˆ Key Highlights for multiple crops (rice, sugarcane, cotton,
 These conferences are held every two years vegetables, fruits).
with the aim of promoting global cooperation  India previously opposed listing of Endosulfan
for the environmentally sound management of in 2010 under the same convention
hazardous chemicals and wastes.
 India is a party to all three conventions,
Backgrounder
reflecting its commitment to environmental ˆˆ Basel Convention
governance on the international stage.  Full Name: Basel Convention on the Control
of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous
ˆˆ India’s Participation
Wastes and Their Disposal
 India has advocated for Global Action on
 Adopted: 1989, Switzerland
Chemicals and Waste at BRS COPs 2025.  Entered into Force: 1992
 India’s domestic approach to implement BRS  Key Objectives:
conventions:   Minimize the generation of hazardous wastes
  National laws like the Environment   Ensure their environmentally sound
(Protection) Act management
  Rules for Hazardous Waste and E-Waste   Regulate cross-border movement of such
Management wastes in accordance with environmental
  Continued investment in technical and principles
institutional infrastructure  The convention provides a regulatory framework
 Meeting on Plastic Pollution: India participated for permissible international transfers of
in a meeting on plastic pollution hosted by hazardous waste, restricting those that do not
Norway. align with sustainability and safety standards.

CURRENT DRISHTI (96) June, 2025

ˆˆ Rotterdam Convention  Adopted: 2001, Stockholm, Sweden
 Full Name: Rotterdam Convention on the  Entered into Force: 2004
Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain  Key Objectives:
Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in Protect human health and the environment
 
International Trade from harmful POPs
 Adopted: 1998, Rotterdam, Netherlands Eliminate or restrict the production and use
 
 Entered into Force: 2004 of the original “Dirty Dozen” POPs
 Key Objectives: Promote the adoption of safer alternatives
 
  Promote shared responsibility and Identify and take action on newly recognized
 
cooperative efforts in the trade of hazardous POPs
chemicals Key Differences
  Enable countries to make informed
Convention Focus Area Mechanism
decisions regarding the import and export
Hazardous waste Controls transboundary
of such substances Basel
trade & disposal waste movements
  Protect human health and the environment
Hazardous
through transparent information-sharing Prior Informed Consent
Rotterdam chemicals &
mechanisms (PIC) procedure
pesticides
ˆˆ Stockholm Convention Persistent Organic
Elimination/restriction
 Full Name: Stockholm Convention on Persistent Stockholm Pollutants
of POPs
Organic Pollutants (POPs) (POPs)

Green Hydrogen Certification Scheme of India (GHCI)

ˆˆ Article Index
l Recent Context l Key Highlights l Backgrounder l About Green Hydrogen

ˆˆ Recent Context (Million Metric Tonne) per annum with an

Recently on April 29, 2025 MNRE Minister associated renewable energy capacity
Pralhad Joshi launches Green Hydrogen Certification addition of about 125 GW in the country.
scheme. Over Rs. Eight lakh crore in total
 
investments.
ˆˆ Key Highlights
Creation of over Six lakh jobs.
 
 The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
Cumulative reduction in fossil fuel imports
 
(MNRE) organized one-day National Workshop
over Rs. One lakh crore.
on opportunities for “Micro, Small & Medium
Abatement of nearly 50 MMT of annual
 
Enterprises (MSMEs) in the Green Hydrogen
greenhouse gas emissions.
Supply Chain”, at New Delhi.
 The workshop was aimed to explore Backgrounder
opportunities and discuss key role of MSMEs in ˆˆ About Green Hydrogen
development of green hydrogen ecosystem in  Green hydrogen is defined as hydrogen
India. produced by splitting water into hydrogen and
 Over 300 delegates drew participation from oxygen using renewable electricity.
different stakeholder groups, including MSMEs,  Green hydrogen is produced by splitting water
policymakers, technology providers, industry molecules (H2O) into hydrogen (H2) and oxygen
associations, and international partners. (O2) using electrolysis, where the electricity
 The Mission will result in the following likely used for electrolysis comes from renewable
outcomes by 2030: energy sources like solar or wind power.
  Development of Green Hydrogen  This process results in zero-carbon emissions,
production capacity of at least 5 MMT making it a sustainable fuel alternative.

June, 2025 (97) CURRENT DRISHTI

  Prior to assuming charge as the Vice Chief of the
Person in News Air Staff, he was the Air Officer Commanding-in-
Chief at South Western Air Command . He was
NATIONAL commissioned as a Fighter Pilot in the Indian Air
Force on June 7, 1986.
 Bhushan Ramkrishna Gavai
 Kempaiah Somashekar
 Justice Bhushan Ramkrishna Gavai
sworn in as the 52nd Chief Justice  Justice Kempaiah Somashekar
of India (CJI) on May 14, 2025. sworn in as the 9th Chief Justice of
 He succeeded Justice Sanjiv the High Court of Manipur on May
Khanna in this role, who served as 22, 2025.
the 51st Chief Justice of India from November  He succeeded Justice D. Krishnaku-
11, 2024 to May 13, 2025. mar, following his retirement on May 21, 2025.
 Justice Gavai is the first Buddhist and second  Justice Kempaiah Somashekar was earlier as a
Dalit Chief Justice of India. He will retire on judge of the Karnataka High Court.
November 23, 2025, after completing about six
 Justice Surya Kant
months in office.
 He had earlier served as the judge of Bombay  Justice Surya Kant assumed
High Court and was elevated to the Supreme office as the Executive Chairman
Court in May 2019. of the National Legal Services
Authority (NALSA) on May 14, 2025.
 Dr. Ajay Kumar
 He succeeded Justice BR Gavai in
 Dr. Ajay Kumar, Former Secretary, this role, who was recently appointed as the
Ministry of Defence, took over as Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of India.
the Chairman of the Union Public
 Surya Kant was elevated as a Judge of the
Service Commission on May 15,
Supreme Court of India on May 24, 2019. He
2025.
earlier served as the Chairman of the Supreme
 Ajay Kumar is a retired IAS officer from the 1985
Court Legal Services Committee (SCLSC) .
batch of Kerala cadre. He previously served as
India’s Defence Secretary from August 2019 to  Alok Joshi
October 2022.  Former Research and Analysis Wing
 He succeeded Preeti Sudan, whose tenure as (R&AW) chief Alok Joshi has been
the UPSC chairperson ended on April 29, 2025. appointed as the new Chairman of
 Narmdeshwar Tiwari the National Security Advisory Board
 Air Marshal Narmdeshwar Tiwari (NSAB) in April 2025.
took charge as the Vice Chief of the  He is a retired IPS officer of 1976 batch of
Air Staff, Indian Air Force on May2, Haryana cadre and served as RAW chief
2025. between 2012 to 2014.
 He succeeded Air Marshal  He will lead a seven-member board comprising
Sujeet Pushpakar Dharkar, following his retired senior officers from India’s military, police,
superannuation on April 30, 2025. and foreign services.

CURRENT DRISHTI (98) June, 2025

 Anurag Bhushan  The past recipients of this award include Prime
 Anurag Bhushan, a 1995 batch Minister Narendra Modi, legendary singer Asha
Indian Foreign Service (IFS) officer, Bhosale, and actor Amitabh Bachchan.
has been appointed as the next  Baba Sivanand
Ambassador of India to the Kingdom
 Yoga practitioner Baba Sivanand
of Sweden on May 15, 2025.
passed away at the age of 128 in
 He is presently serving as Additional Secretary
Varanasi on May 3, 2025.
in the Ministry of Defence, Government of India.
 He was known for his disciplined
 Harvansh Chawla lifestyle centred around yoga,
 Harvansh Chawla, a distinguished meditation, and spiritual practice.
senior lawyer and expert in  He was awarded the Padma Shri in 2022 for
international trade, was appointed his exceptional contribution to society through
as the new chairman of the BRICS yoga.
Chamber of Commerce and Industry
 Rose Kerketta
in May 2025.
 Chawla has over three decades of experience  Renowned author and tribal rights
in international law, trade policy, infrastructure activist from Jharkhand, Rose
development, and corporate advisory. He Kerketta passed away on April 17,
has been legal advisor to global corporations, 2025.
including Northrop Grumman, Singapore  She wrote numerous books in the
Airlines, Denso Corporation, and Alcatel. Khadia language. She actively participated in
 Hina Khan Adivasi Movements to promote, and preserve
the Adivasi culture.
 Hina Khan, the television actress
 Her literary contributions included notable works
and breast cancer survivor, has
such as ‘Absib Murdaa’, Biruwar Gamchha tatha
been appointed as the Honorary
Anya Kahaniyan, ’Pagha Jori - Jori Re Ghaato’,
Ambassador of Korea Tourism on
among others.
May 9, 2025.
 She will represent Korea Tourism Organization  Dr. K. Kasturirangan
from May 2025 to April 2026, deepening cultural  Former ISRO Chairman and a key
connections with Indian Travellers. architect of India’s National Education
 Geeta Samota Policy, Dr. K. Kasturirangan, passed
 CISF Sub-Inspector Geeta Samota away at the age of 84 on April 25,
has made history by becoming the 2025.
first CISF personnel to scale Mount  He played a pivotal role in the development of
Everest, the world’s highest peak, on the Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV),
May 19, 2025. which went on to become India’s most reliable
 The 35-year-old Sub Inspector joined the satellite launcher.
paramilitary force in 2011 and is currently  He led the Indian Space Programme for over
posted at the Udaipur airport unit of the Central nine years before stepping down on August 27,
Industrial Security Force (CISF) . 2003.
 Kumar Mangalam Birla  Dr. MR Srinivasan
 Aditya Birla Group chairman and  Dr MR Srinivasan, renowned nuclear
Padma Bhushan Awardee Kumar scientist and former Chairman of the
Mangalam Birla was honored with Atomic Energy Commission, passed
the Lata Deenanath Mangeshkar away on May 20, 2025.
Award on April 24, 2025 in Mumbai.  He worked closely with Dr Homi
 He was honoured with the award in recognition Bhabha on the construction of Apsara, India’s
of his pivotal role in shaping India’s growth story. first nuclear research reactor.

June, 2025 (99) CURRENT DRISHTI

 He was appointed Chairman of the Atomic  He is a 1986-batch Indian Police Service (IPS)
Energy Commission and Secretary of the officer of the Karnataka cadre and was to retire
Department of Atomic Energy in 1987. That from this post on May 24, 2025.
same year, he also became the founding  Mr. Sood took over as the CBI director on May
Chairman of the Nuclear Power Corporation of 25, 2023 for a two-year term.
India Limited (NPCIL) . INTERNATIONAL
 Dr. Jayant Vishnu Narlikar
 Kamil al-Taib Idris
 Dr. Jayant Vishnu Narlikar, an
 Sudanese Army has appointed for-
internationally renowned Indian
mer diplomat Kamil al-Taib Idris as
astrophysicist, passed away at the
the next Prime Minister of Sudan on
age of 86 in Pune on May 20, 2025.
May 20, 2025.
 He founded the Inter-University
 Kamil Idris will be the first prime
Centre for Astronomy and Astrophysics (IUCAA)
minister of Sudan following the 2021 coup in
in Pune in 1988. He was Padma Bhushan in
which the government was ousted by the army.
1965 and the Padma Vibhushan in 2004.
 Idris has earlier served as the Sudanese foreign
 He was also honored with the UNESCO Kalinga
affairs minister and Khartoum’s permanent
Prize for the popularization of science in 1996
representative to the United Nations.
and the Prix Jules Janssen from the French
Astronomical Society in 2004.  Salem bin Buraik
 Payal Kapadia  Salem bin Buraik was appointed as
the new Prime Minister of Yemen on
 Indian filmmaker Payal Kapadia has
May 3, 2025.
been honoured with the prestigious
 He succeeded Ahmed Awad bin
French civilian award, Officier dans
Mubarak,, who announced his
l’Ordre des Arts et des Lettres resignation as the country’s Prime Minister
(Officer of the Order of Arts and citing political struggles.
Letters) on April 24, 2025.  Bin Buraik previously served as Minister of
 This award recognizes her significant Finance in the former government.
contributions to cinema and the cultural
relationship between France and India.
 Anthony Albanese
 Australian Prime Minister Anthony
 Madhusudan Sai
Albanese sworn in as the Prime
 Humanitarian leader Madhusudan Minister of Australia for a second
Sai was conferred Fiji’s highest term on May 13, 2025.
honour, the ‘Companion of the Order  Albanese’s Labor Party has secured
of Fiji’, by the President of Fiji Ratu a decisive victory in the 2025 federal election
Naiqama Lalabalavu at the State held on May 3, 2025.
House of Fiji, on April 25, 2025.  He defeated opposition leader Peter Dutton of the
 He was conferred the award for establishing the centre-right Liberal-National coalition.
Sri Sathya Sai Sanjeevani Children’s Hospital in  Albanese has been serving as the Prime Minister
Fiji. of Australia since May 2022.
 Previous recipients of the ‘Companion of the
 Lawrence Wong
Order of Fiji’ include Prime Minister Narendra
Modi and President of India Droupadi Murmu.  Lawrence Wong was elected as the
Prime Minister of Singapore for his
 Praveen Sood
another term in the general election
 The central government has extended held in May 2025.
the tenure of Central Bureau of  His People’s Action Party (PAP)
Investigation (CBI) Director Praveen secured another landslide victory in the general
Sood for one year, on May 7, 2025. elections by winning a total of 87 out of 97 seats.

CURRENT DRISHTI (100) June, 2025

 He had earlier taken over as Singapore’s prime  She succeeded Denmark’s Poul-Erik in this role.
minister in May 2024 after Lee Hsien Loong She is also the second woman president of the
stepped down after almost two decades in Badminton World Federation.
office.
 Robert Francis Prevost
 Friedrich Merz
 Cardinal Robert Francis Prevost has
 Germany’s conservative leader been elected as the 267th pope of the
Friedrich Merz assumed office as the Roman Catholic Church on May 8,
Federal Chancellor of the country on 2025.
May 6, 2025.  Prevost will now be known as ‘Pope
 He has been elected as new Leo XIV ‘. He is the first American to assume the
chancellor of Germany after securing a majority Papacy.
(325 votes) in the second round of voting in the  He succeeded Pope Francis (266th pope),
Lower House of Parliament. who passed away on April 21, 2025, at the age
 He succeeded Olaf Scholz, who had been
of 88.
serving as the Germany’s chancellor since
December 2021.  Dr. Mariangela Hungria
 Kamla Persad-Bissessar SC  Dr. Mariangela Hungria, a microbi-
ologist from São Paulo, Brazil, has
 Kamla Persad-Bissessar SC took the
been named as the winner of the
oath of office as Prime Minister of the
2025 World Food Prize on May 13,
Republic of Trinidad and Tobago on
2025.
May 1, 2025.
 She has been honored for her extraordinary
 She sworn in for the second time as
Prime Minister and remains the only female to scientific advancements in biological nitrogen
serve as Trinidad and Tobago’s Prime Minister fixation, transforming the sustainability of
on two occasions. soil health and crop nutrition for tropical
 Her party United National Congress has won agriculture.
the parliamentary election of the twin-island  She has developed dozens of biological seed
Caribbean nation, held in April 2025. and soil treatments that help crops source
 She had previously served as Country’s Prime nutrients through soil bacteria. Her products
Minister from 2010-2015. are estimated to have been used across more
than 40 million hectares in Brazil, saving
 Anita Anand
farmers up to US$40 billion a year in input
 Indian-origin Canadian politician costs.
Anita Anand became the first Hindu
woman to sworn in as Canada’s
Minister of Foreign Affairs on May
Places in News
13, 2025.
NATIONAL
 She replaced Mélanie Joly in this role, who
becomes Minister of Industry in Prime Minister  Indore
Mark Carney’s cabinet.  Indore city in Madhya Pradesh was declared as
 She is a Member of Parliament from Oakville
the country’s first beggar-free city in May 2025.
East constituency in Canada.
 There were about 5, 000 beggars on the city
 Khunying Patama Leeswadtrakul streets a year ago before the administration
 Thailand’s Khunying Patama launched a campaign in February 2024.
Leeswadtrakul became the new  It has been recognised by the Union Ministry
President of Badminton World of Social Justice and Empowerment and also
Federation (BWF) in April 2025. a World Bank team. Beggars in the city were
 Her name was confirmed at the 86th rehabilitated by helping them find employment
BWF Annual General Meeting in Xiamen, China, while children involved in begging were enrolled
held on April 26, 2025. in schools.

June, 2025 (101) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Mizoram of the green village, has implemented the
project for Rs. 1. 25 crore, installing a solar
 Mizoram has been officially declared a fully
plant and solar-based water purifier in the
literate state under the ULLAS – Nav Bharat
village. It also provided solar home lights in the
Saaksharta Karyakram on May 20, 2025.
households.
 Mizoram becomes the first state in India to
attain full literacy . The announcement in this  Delhi
regard was made by the Chief Minister of  Delhi Assembly is set to become the first
Mizoram, Lalduhoma at a special function in Vidhan Sabha in the country to run entirely
Aizawl . on solar power.
 Mizoram had crossed the full literacy mark, i.  To this end, Lieutenant Governor VK Saxena
e., above 95% literacy rate (to be considered and Speaker Vijender Gupta laid the foundation
equivalent to Full literacy) as defined by Ministry stone for a 500 KW rooftop solar plant on the
of Education, Government of India. As per PFLS Assembly premises on May 12, 2025.
survey for 2023-24, the literacy rate of Mizoram  This move is expected to result in zero
is 98. 20%. electricity bills, generating estimated savings of
 Kozhikode approximately `15 lakh per month.
 Kozhikode, a vibrant city in Kerala, has been  Lucknow
officially recognized as a member of the World  Defence Minister Rajnath Singh virtually
Health Organization’s Global Network for Age- inaugurated the state-of-the art BrahMos
friendly Cities and Communities in May 2025. Aerospace Integration and Testing Facility at
 With this membership, Kozhikode joins a the Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor in
network of cities that formulate policies, Lucknow on May 11, 2025.
provide services, and develop infrastructure  BrahMos missiles manufactured here will have
aimed at supporting the elderly—helping them a range of 290–400 km and can travel at Mach
remain healthy, active, and creative in old 2. 8 (approximately 3, 430 km/h) .
age.  This facility, built at a cost of RS, 300, will
 It has become the second Indian city to join the manufacture 80 to 100 missiles annually.
Network after Kochi.
INTERNATIONAL
 Tsarap Chu Conservation Reserve
 The Himachal Pradesh government officially
 Papua New Guinea
notified the Tsarap Chu Conservation Reserve  The World Health Organisation has declared
under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, a polio outbreak in Papua New Guinea in May
establishing it as India’s largest conservation 2025.
reserve, on May 7, 2025.  According to official reports, Samples of this
 Tsarap Chu, spread over 1, 585 square highly infectious virus were found in two healthy
kilometres, is Himachal Pradesh’s fifth children during a routine screening in Lae, a
conservation reserve. coastal city in the country’s north east.
 The Tsarap Chu Conservation Area is particularly  The country was declared polio-free in 2000,
known for the snow leopard, often called the but a brief outbreak in 2018 led to a swift
‘ghost of the mountains’. containment response.   
 Rangacherra  Denmark
 Rangacherra village in Tripura has been  The world’s first commercial-scale e-methanol
recognized as the state’s first green village with plant began operations in Denmark on May 13,
solar power, clean water access, in May 2025. 2025.
 The Tripura Renewable Energy Development  Located in Kasso in southern Denmark, the new
Agency (TREDA), the implementing authority plant, which has cost an estimated 150 million

CURRENT DRISHTI (102) June, 2025

 euros ($167 million) , will produce 42, 000 metric  Banu Mushtaq’s other awards includes
tons, or 53 million litres, of e-methanol per year. Karnataka Sahitya Academy Award, Daana
 The International Maritime Organization (IMO) Chintamani Attimabbe Award, PEN Translation
aims for net-zero greenhouse gas (GHG) Prize 2024 for Haseena and Other Stories.
emissions from international shipping by or  President Murmu Confers 58th Jnanpith
around 2050. Award on Gulzar and Rambhadracharya
 Yala Glacier  On May 17, 2025, President Droupadi Murmu
 Yala Glacier, located in Langtang Valley, Nepal, conferred the 58th Jnanpith Award, India’s
has been declared ‘Dead’ due to temperature highest literary honour, on Gulzar and Jagadguru
rise in May 2025. Rambhadracharya.
 Yala, which has shrunk by 66% and retreated  The award ceremony was held at Vigyan
784 meter since it was first measured in the Bhavan, New Delhi, celebrating their immense
1970s is projected to be among the first Nepali contributions to Indian literature and culture.
glaciers to join the growing numbers of glaciers  Gulzar was recognized for his emotionally rich
declared ‘dead’ worldwide poetry, songwriting, and storytelling.
 This glacier is predicted to disappear by the  Rambhadracharya was honoured for his
year 2040 due to rapid retreat and mass loss. erudite Sanskrit and Hindi works, as well as
 Chagos Islands his role in education and spiritual literature.

 The United Kingdom signed an agreement ˆˆ About the Jnanpith Award

handing sovereignty over the contested and  The Jnanpith Award was instituted in 1961 by
strategically located Chagos Islands to Mauritius the Bharatiya Jnanpith organization.
on May 22, 2025  It is awarded to authors for outstanding contri-
 Under the agreement, the United Kingdom will butions to Indian literature in any recognized
pay Mauritius 136 million dollars per year to language.
lease back the military base (on Diego Garcia  The award includes a citation, a cash prize, and a
Islands) for at least 99 years. bronze idol of Vagdevi (Goddess Saraswati).
 The Chagos Islands, officially known as the  Notable past recipients include Mahadevi
British Indian Ocean Territory, are located in the Verma, Amrita Pritam, Girish Karnad, and
Indian Ocean about 9, 332 km south-east of the Pratibha Ray.
UK. The Chagos Archipelago was separated ˆˆ Rambhadracharya
from Mauritius in 1965.  His full name is Jagadguru Ramanandacharya
Swami Rambhadracharya.
Awards & Honour  He is known for authoring four Sanskrit epics,
including Geet Ramayan and Dashavatara
 Banu Mushtaq Wins 2025 International Charitam.
Booker Prize  He lost his eyesight in infancy, yet memorized
the Bhagavad Gita and Ramcharitmanas by the
 On May 21, 2025 Indian writer, lawyer, and
age of five.
activist Banu Mushtaq has made history by
 In 2001, he founded the Jagadguru Rambhadra-
winning the 2025 International Booker Prize.
 Her Kannada-language short story collection
charya Divyang State University (JRDSU) in
Heart Lamp, translated into English by Deepa Chitrakoot, which serves over 2,000 visually im-
Bhasthi, received the honor. paired students.
  Heart Lamp is a collection of 12 short ˆˆ Gulzar
stories written between 1990 and 2023.  Gulzar’s real name is Sampooran Singh Kalra.
 This is the first time a Kannada-language work  He is renowned for iconic works like Tujhse
has been awarded the prestigious International Naraz Nahi Zindagi, Chaiyya Chaiyya, and
Booker Prize. Humko Mann Ki Shakti Dena.

June, 2025 (103) CURRENT DRISHTI

 He has won several prestigious awards, including  UNESCO Press Freedom Prize, 2025
an Oscar, Grammy, and the Dadasaheb
 La Prensa, Nicaragua’s oldest and most
Phalke Award.
respected newspaper, has been awarded the
 World Food Prize 2025 2025 UNESCO/Guillermo Cano World Press
 Brazilian microbiologist Mariangela Hungria Freedom Prize.
has been awarded the 2025 World Food Prize  The announcement was made on World Press
for her innovative work in biological nitrogen Freedom Day, May 3, 2025, recognizing the
fixation. paper’s unwavering dedication to truth and
  Her research enables crops to grow with accountability.
less dependency on chemical fertilizers,  Despite intense government repression
supporting sustainable agriculture. under the Ortega-Murillo regime, La Prensa
 The award honors her significant contributions has continued its commitment to independent
to Brazil’s rise as the world’s largest soybean journalism.
producer.   La Prensa was founded in 1926, making
 The announcement comes as global agriculture it one of the oldest newspapers in
seeks solutions to balance increased food Nicaragua.
demands and environmental conservation.   Throughout its history, it has endured
  The primary aim is to reduce the use of censorship, harassment, and political
chemical nitrogen fertilizers in farming. crackdowns.
 The World Food Prize was established in  The UNESCO/Guillermo Cano Prize prize
1987 by Nobel laureate Norman Borlaug was established in 1997 and is named after
to recognize achievements in global food Guillermo Cano Isaza, a Colombian journalist
security. murdered in 1986 for criticizing drug cartels.
 World Jurist Association’s Medal of Honour  The award reinforces the global commitment
 Bhuwan Ribhu, a renowned Indian lawyer and to freedom of the press.
child rights activist, has become the first Indian  Humanitarian Award at Miss World, 2025
lawyer to receive the Medal of Honour from the
 Sonu Sood, a renowned Bollywood actor
World Jurist Association.
and philanthropist, will be honoured with the
 The award was presented at the 2025 World
Humanitarian Award at the 72nd Miss World
Law Congress held in the Dominican Republic
Festival.
on May 5, 2025.
  He was selected for his tireless relief
 This recognition celebrates Ribhu’s two-
efforts during the COVID-19 crisis.
decade-long legal mission to end child
  He launched the Sood Charity Foundation
exploitation and abuse through reformative
(SCF) to streamline his philanthropic
legal action and court advocacy.
 Bhuwan Ribhu was recognized for his lifelong missions.
dedication to child justice, focusing on child   Through SCF, he has supported education,
labour, trafficking, child marriage, and sexual healthcare, skill development, and
abuse. disaster relief initiatives.
 The Medal of Honour from the World Jurist  The award ceremony will be held on May 31,
Association is one of the highest global 2025, at the HITEX Arena in Hyderabad,
recognitions for legal professionals. Telangana.
  It was presented by Javier Cremades,  The Miss World Organisation is recognizing
the President of the World Jurist his exceptional humanitarian work during the
Association. COVID-19 pandemic.
  The award reflects India’s emerging  Along with receiving the award, he will also
global leadership in the field of child serve as a grand finale judge at the Miss
rights and legal reform. World 2025 pageant.

CURRENT DRISHTI (104) June, 2025

 Pulitzer Prizes, 2025 to public discourse, with a strong focus on
investigative depth, narrative journalism, and
 The Pulitzer Prizes 2025, among the most
breaking news.
prestigious recognitions in journalism and the
 The New York Times led the list, securing
arts, were announced by the Pulitzer Prize four major awards, followed by honors for The
Board. Washington Post, Reuters, The Wall Street
 These awards honor outstanding contributions Journal, and The New Yorker.

Complete List of Journalism Winners – Pulitzer Prizes 2025

Major Categories

Public Service Kavitha Surana, Lizzie Presser, for exposing maternal deaths linked to
Cassandra Jaramillo, and Stacy Kranitz unclear abortion laws.
Breaking News Reporting Staff of The Washington Post for rapid and accurate coverage of the
Trump assassination attempt.
Investigative Reporting Staff of Reuters for their series “Fentanyl Express”,
revealing how cheap chemicals fuel the
U.S. opioid crisis.
Explanatory Reporting Azam Ahmed, Christina Goldbaum, and for reporting on U.S. militia support
Matthieu Aikins (NYT) undermining efforts in Afghanistan.
Local Reporting Alissa Zhu, Nick Thieme, and Jessica for work on fentanyl’s impact on older
Gallagher (Baltimore Banner and NYT) Black men in Baltimore.
National Reporting Staff of The Wall Street Journal for an in-depth investigation into Elon
Musk’s personal habits and political ties.
International Reporting Declan Walsh and NYT staff for uncovering foreign interference in
Sudan’s conflict.
Narrative, Opinion & Multimedia Categories

Feature Writing Mark Warren (Esquire) for a poignant profile of a pastor-mayor’s

suicide.
Commentary Mosab Abu Toha (The New Yorker) for essays reflecting on the human cost of
the Gaza war.
Criticism Alexandra Lange (Bloomberg CityLab) for critiques on urban design for families.

Editorial Writing Raj Mankad and team (Houston for editorials on deadly train crossings.
Chronicle)
Illustrated Reporting and Ann Telnaes (Washington Post) for powerful political illustrations confront-
Commentary ing elite institutions.
Breaking News Doug Mills (NYT) for a dramatic image of the assassination
Photography attempt on Donald Trump in July 2024.
Feature Photography Moises Saman (The New Yorker) for haunting photos from inside Syria’s
Sednaya prison.
Audio Reporting The New Yorker staff for the podcast “In the Dark”, examining
military secrecy and failures.
 Udyog Vikas Award for Industrial Excellence Kerala, to recognize contributions to industrial
 The National Industrial Corridor Development growth.
Corporation (NICDC) has been awarded the  The recognition highlights NICDC’s vital role in
Udyog Vikas Award. transforming India’s industrial and logistical
 The award ceremony was organized by ecosystem, particularly through the Palakkad
Janmabhumi Daily, a leading newspaper in Industrial Smart City project.

June, 2025 (105) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Palakkad Industrial Smart City  Prestigious French Honour for Cinematic
 The Palakkad Industrial Smart City spans
Excellence
1,710 acres across Pudussery Central,  Acclaimed Indian filmmaker Payal Kapadia has
Pudussery West, and Kannambra. been awarded the ‘Officier dans l’Ordre des
 It is situated 21 km from Palakkad, 120 km Arts et des Lettres’ (Officer of the Order of Arts
from Cochin, and 50 km from Coimbatore, and Letters) by the French Government.
making it strategically located.  The award ceremony was held at the French
Consulate in Mumbai and was attended by
 Fiji’s Highest Civilian Award
several distinguished guests.
 Madhusudan Sai, a renowned humanitarian,  This recognition honors Kapadia’s outstanding
was conferred with the ‘Companion of the contribution to world cinema, particularly
Order of Fiji’, the highest civilian honor in Fiji. in the domain of independent and artistic film-
 The award was presented by the President of making.
Fiji, Ratu Naiqama Lalabalavu, at a ceremony  Her growing international acclaim follows a
held at the State House of Fiji on April 25, series of achievements, including her historic
2025. win at the 2024 Cannes Film Festival.
 This recognition celebrates Sai’s outstanding   Kapadia first gained attention in 2017 with
contributions to healthcare and social welfare, her short film ‘Afternoon Clouds’ at the
especially through his work in establishing the Cannes Film Festival.
Sri Sathya Sai Sanjeevani Children’s Hospital in   Her debut feature documentary, ‘A Night
Fiji. of Knowing Nothing’, won the Golden
 The Sai Prema Foundation, founded by Eye award at Cannes.
Madhusudan Sai, plays a pivotal role in   In 2024, her film ‘All We Imagine As Light’
humanitarian service delivery across Fiji. won the Grand Prix at the 77th Cannes
 Its primary focus areas include: Film Festival, marking her as the first
  Healthcare initiatives, such as free medical Indian director in 30 years to win a major
camps and surgeries. award in the main competition.
  Educational and child welfare programs,  The ‘Officer of the Order of Arts and Letters’ is
improving access and quality. one of France’s highest cultural distinctions.
  Disaster relief and food distribution to   It is awarded to individuals who have
vulnerable communities. made notable contributions to the arts,
 Platinum Honour for Green Initiatives literature, or cinema.
  Kapadia joins an elite group of Indian
 Hubballi Airport, operated by the Airports
recipients including Amitabh Bachchan,
Authority of India (AAI), has been awarded
Shah Rukh Khan, Deepika Padukone,
the Platinum Recognition at the ACI Green
and Lata Mangeshkar.
Airports Recognition 2025.
 This recognition is the highest honour under the  Lata Deenanath Mangeshkar Award, 2024
category “Sustainable Energy at Airports”  Kumar Mangalam Birla, Chairman of the Aditya
for airports that handle fewer than six million Birla Group, has been selected to receive the
passengers annually. Lata Deenanath Mangeshkar Award 2024.
 The award was announced during the ACI Asia-   A Padma Bhushan awardee, Birla is being
Pacific & Middle East Regional Assembly, recognized for his visionary leadership
Conference, and Exhibition held in New Delhi and immense contributions to India’s
on April 16, 2025. economic development.
 The award highlights Hubballi Airport’s  The award ceremony was held on April 24, 2024,
pioneering efforts in adopting sustainable at the Deenanath Mangeshkar Auditorium in
energy practices. Vile Parle East, Mumbai.

CURRENT DRISHTI (106) June, 2025

 The award was presented by RSS Chief Mohan She was celebrated for her 25-year-long
 
Bhagwat during a prestigious event. career that spans both Bollywood and
 The event marked the 83rd Memorial Day of Hollywood.
Pandit Deenanath Mangeshkar, a luminary of  Ang Lee: Ang Lee is an acclaimed director
Indian classical music. known for iconic films such as Life of Pi,
 It was organized by the Master Deenanath Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon, and Brokeback
Mangeshkar Smruti Pratishthan, a charitable Mountain.
trust run by the Mangeshkar family, which   He was honored for his exceptional
has been preserving and promoting India’s contribution to world cinema and his efforts
cultural legacy for over 35 years. in representing Asian identity on the global
ˆˆ Other Honourees at the 2024 Ceremony stage.
 Shraddha Kapoor and Sunil Shetty were  Megan Thee Stallion: She was honored for
honoured for their notable contributions to her impact on pop culture, music, and social
Indian cinema. advocacy.
 Sachin Pilgaonkar and Sonali Kulkarni were   She was recognized as a cultural connector
recognized for their versatility in theatre and and a supportive ally who uplifts Asian
film. Pacific stories and empowerment.
  Sonali Kulkarni was especially celebrated  Jon M. Chu: He is known for directing Crazy
for bringing emotional depth and cultural Rich Asians and Wicked.
richness to her performances.   He was celebrated for his visionary
 Dr. N Rajam, a renowned violinist, was awarded filmmaking and for portraying Asian
for her exceptional contribution to Indian communities authentically and with pride in
classical music. mainstream cinema.
 The Lata Deenanath Mangeshkar Puraskar
was instituted in 2022 to honor the legacy of the Organization
legendary singer Lata Mangeshkar.
 Previous recipients include Prime Minister NATIONAL
Narendra Modi, singer Asha Bhosale, and
 DRDO
actor Amitabh Bachchan, underscoring the
prestige and national significance of the  Defence Research & Development Organisation
award. (DRDO) has successfully developed indigenous
 4th Annual Gold House Gold Gala to nanoporous multilayered polymeric membrane
Honour Global Cultural Icons for high-pressure sea water desalination in May
2025.
 The 4th edition of the Gold House Gold Gala
 Defence Materials Stores and Research &
was held on May 10, 2025, at the Music Centre
in Downtown Los Angeles. Development Establishment (DMSRDE) ,
 The event brought together over 600 influential the Kanpur-based laboratory of DRDO, has
guests to celebrate global changemakers and developed this technology for desalination plant
cultural pioneers. in Indian Coast Guard (ICG) ships.
 This year’s gala theme is “First Light,”  The Defence Research and Development
symbolizing trailblazers who have been the Organisation (DRDO) is the research and
first in their fields and who ignite progress for development wing of the Ministry of Defence
future generations. of India, with a primary mission to develop and
ˆˆ Key Awardees produce cutting-edge defense technologies
 Priyanka Chopra: She received the inaugural and systems. It was founded in 1958 and is
Global Vanguard Honor. headquartered in New Delhi.

June, 2025 (107) CURRENT DRISHTI

 IREDA at the COP21 summit in Paris to promote solar
energy as a sustainable solution for energy
 Indian Renewable Energy Development
access and climate change. Its headquarters is
Agency Ltd. (IREDA) , the largest pure-play
located in Gurugram, Haryana.
green financing NBFC in the country, has
been recognized as the top performer among  WHO
Power and NBFC sector CPSEs for the annual  The World Health Organization (WHO) has
performance MoU signed by the company for validated Papua New Guinea (PNG) for
FY 2023-24, in May 2025. eliminating trachoma as a public health problem
 According to the list issued by the Department on May 19, 2025.
of Public Enterprises for FY 2023-24, which  Trachoma is the first neglected tropical disease
includes ratings for 84 CPSEs, IREDA is among eliminated in Popua New Guinea. It is caused
the top 4 CPSEs in the country, achieving a by the bacterium Chlamydia trachomatis and
score of 98 and above. spreads through personal contact, flies that
 This score indicates achievement across key have been in contact with eye or nose discharge
performance indicators set by the DPE, including and contact with infected surfaces.
 The World Health Organization (Founded on
profitability, innovation, corporate governance,
April 7, 1948) is a specialized agency of the
social responsibility, and alignment with national
United Nations which coordinates responses
goals (such as renewable energy targets) .
to international public health issues and
 LIC emergencies. It is headquartered in Geneva,
 Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) has Switzerland.
earned a Guinness World Record title for  APO
most life insurance policies sold in 24 hours, in
 India has formally assumed the Chairmanship
May 2025.
of the Asian Productivity Organization (APO)
 This historic achievement, verified by Guinness
for the 2025–26 term during the 67th Session
World Records, recognises the extraordinary of the Governing Body Meeting (GBM) of the
performance of the LIC’s dedicated agency APO, beheld from 20–22 May 2025 in Jakarta,
network on January 20, 2025 (Mad Million Day). Indonesia.
 A total of 4, 52, 839 agents of LIC successfully  Established in 1961, the Asian Productivity
completed and issued an astounding 5, 88, 107 Organization is a Tokyo-based intergovernmental
life insurance policies across India on January body that promotes productivity enhancement
20, 2025. across the Asia-Pacific region through mutual
cooperation and capacity building.
INTERNATIONAL
 The APO currently comprises 21 member
 ISA economies, including Bangladesh, Cambodia,
 Angola signed the International Solar Alliance
Taiwan, Fiji, Hong Kong (dormant) , India,
Indonesia, Iran, Japan, Republic of Korea, Lao
(ISA) Framework Agreement and became the
PDR, Malaysia, Mongolia, Nepal, Pakistan, the
123rd member of the ISA on May 3, 2025.
Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Thailand,
 This agreement was signed in the presence of
Turkiye, and Vietnam.
President of Angola Joao Manuel Gonçalves
Lourenço, who paid an official visit to India from  ADB
May 3-5, 2025.  The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has
 The International Solar Alliance (ISA) is a global appointed Seong-Wook Kim as Chief Partnership
initiative launched in 2015 by India and France Officer on May 22, 2025.

CURRENT DRISHTI (108) June, 2025

 In this new role, Mr. Kim will guide ADB’s  58th ADB (Asian Development Bank) An-
partnerships with the international community, nual Meeting of the Board of Governors
including active participation in major global  Date - May 4-7, 2025
forums and outreach to potential new  Venue - Milan, Italy
members.  Theme - “Sharing Experience, Building
 ADB is a leading multilateral development bank Tomorrow”
supporting inclusive, resilient, and sustainable  Indian delegation led by - Finance Minister
growth across Asia and the Pacific. Founded in Nirmala Sitharaman
1966, It has 69 member countries, with 50 from
 IMDEX (International Maritime Defence
the Asia and Pacific region.
Exhibition) Asia 2025
 EU  Date - May 6-8, 2025
 India and the European Union (EU) have  Venue - Changi Exhibition Centre, Singapore
launched two major research and innovation  Indian Naval Ship INS Kiltan participated in this
initiatives aimed at tackling marine plastic litter event.
and developing waste-to- green hydrogen  ‘Inclusive India Summit’ 2025
(W2GH) technologies in May 2025.
 Date - May 15, 2025
 This initiative has been launched under the
 Venue - India International Centre, New Delhi
India-EU Trade and Technology Council
 Organized by - Department of Empowerment
(TTC) , which was established in 2022, by
of Persons with Disabilities (DEPwD), Union
Prime Minister Narendra Modi and European
Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment
Commission President, Ursula von der Leyen.
 These initiatives were introduced with a joint
 Global Space Exploration Conference
(GLEX) 2025
investment of 391 crore rupees (~ €41 million).
 Date - May 7-9, 2025
Conference & Summit  Venue - New Delhi
 Edition - 12th
 WAVES (World Audio Visual and  Organized by - International Astronautical
Entertainment Summit ) 2025 Federation (IAF), Indian Space Research
Organisation (ISRO)
 Date - May 1-4, 2025
 Venue - Jio World Convention Centre, Mumbai  Regional Power Ministers’ Conference
 Inaugurated by- Prime Minister Narendra Modi (Western Region)
 The summit witnessed participation from over  Date - May 13, 2025
90 countries, with more than ten thousand  Venue - Mumbai
delegates.
 World Bank Land Conference 2025
 First National Mediation Conference 2025  Date - May 5–8, 2025
 Date - May 3, 2025  Venue - Washington DC, USA
 Venue - New Delhi  During the conference, global attention was
 Bharat Telecom 2025 drawn towards India’s flagship initiatives like
SVAMITVA Scheme and Gram Manchitra
 Date - May 6-7, 2025
platform, as models of inclusive, technology-
 Venue - New Delhi
driven rural governance
 Edition - 22nd
 Organized by - Telecom Equipment and  20th session of the United Nations Forum
Services Export Promotion Council on Forests (UNFF20)
(TEPC), in collaboration with Department of  Date - May 5-9, 2025
Telecommunications (DoT)  Venue - New York, United States

June, 2025 (109) CURRENT DRISHTI

 6th Joint Group of Customs (JGC)  The origins of International Labor Day are found
Meeting between India and Bhutan in Chicago, where on May 1, 1886, workers
called for a strike for an eight-hour workday.
 Date - April 24-25, 2025
 In India, Labour Day is referred to as Antarrash-
 Venue - Thimphu, Bhutan
triya Shramik Diwas or Kamgar Din.
 Co-chaired by - Mr. Surjit Bhujabal (India)
 World Tuna Day, 2025
& Mr. Sonam Jamtsho (Bhutan)
 World Tuna Day is observed every year on 2nd
 WWF Earth Summit 2025
May.
 Date - May 23, 2025  In 2016, the United Nations General Assembly
 Venue - Marina Bay Sands Convention Centre, voted to officially observe World Tuna Day.
Singapore  It was observed for the first time in 2017.
 Edition - 3rd  The theme for World Tuna Day 2025 is “Our
 Theme - "Climate. Nature. Transition". Ocean, Our Tuna, Our Future.”
 Press Freedom Day, 2025
 78th Session of World Health Assembly 2025
 Every year Press Freedom Day or World Press
 Date - May 19-27, 2025
Freedom Day is observed on 3rd May.
 Venue - Geneva, Switzerland
 World Press Freedom Day was proclaimed by
 Theme - “One World for Health” the UN General Assembly in December 1993,
 8th Meeting of the India-US Joint Working following the recommendation of UNESCO’s
Group on Aircraft Carrier Technology General Conference.
Cooperation (JWGACTC)  Aim: To evaluate press freedom around the
world and to pay tribute to journalists who have
 Date - May 13-16, 2025 lost their lives in the exercise of their profession.
 Venue - New Delhi  Theme: “Reporting in the Brave New World –
 BRICS Energy Ministers’ Meeting 2025 The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Press
Freedom and the Media”.
 Date - May 19, 2025
 Venue - Brasilia, Brazil
 International Firefighter’s Day, 2025
 Theme - Empowering Global South Cooperation  International Firefighter’s Day is observed every
for Inclusive and Sustainable Global Governance. year on 4th May.
 It was instituted on 4 January 1999 after a
 11th BRICS Labour & Employment Minis- proposal via email out across the world due to
ters’ Meeting2025 the deaths of five firefighters in a bushfire in
 Date - April 25, 2025 Australia.
 Venue - Brasília, Brazil  Therefore, this day is observed to recognise and

 Theme - “Strengthening the Cooperation of the

honour the sacrifices that firefighters make to
ensure that their communities and environment
Global South for More Inclusive and Sustainable
are as safe as possible.
Governance”
 Indian delegation led by - Union Minister of  International No Diet Day, 2025
State for Labour & Employment, Sushri Shobha  It is observed on 6th May annually.
Karandlaje.  International No Diet Day was first started by
Mary Evans Young in 1992.
Important Days  It is a celebration of body acceptance, including
fat acceptance and body shape diversity.
 International Labour Day or May Day, 2025  World Athletics Day, 2025
 International Labour Day is also known as  World Athletics Day is observed on 7th May.
Labour Day or May Day is observed globally  The main objective of this day is to raise
every year on the 1st of May. awareness about fitness among children and

CURRENT DRISHTI (110) June, 2025

 encourage young and school children to take up  International Nurses Day, 2025
athletics  Every year International Nurses Day is observed
 The theme for World Athletics Day 2025 is on 12 May.
“Relay Around the World Challenge”.  It commemorates the anniversary of Florence
 World Asthma Day, 2025 Nightingale’s birthday.
 This day also celebrates the contribution made
 World Asthma Day is observed every year on
by nurses to society around the world.
the first Tuesday of May.
 On this day the International Council of Nurses
 In the year 2025, it was celebrated on 6th May.
organisation produces an International Nurses
 World Asthma Day (WAD) is organized by the
kit to educate and assist health workers globally
Global Initiative for Asthma, (GINA), a World with a different theme every year.
Health Organization collaborative organization  Theme: “Our Nurses. Our Future. Caring for
founded in 1993. nurses strengthens economies.”
 Aim: to spread awareness and care about
 International Day of Families
asthma in the world.
 Asthma is a chronic inflammation of bronchitis  International Day of Families Day is observed
causing cough, breathlessness, chest tightness on 15th May every year.
 This day provides an opportunity to raise
etc.
awareness about the issues related to families
 Theme: ‘Make Inhaled Treatments Accessible
and to increase knowledge about the social,
for ALL’
economic and demographic processes that
 World Red Cross Red Crescent Day, 2025 affect them.
 World Red Cross and Red Crescent Day is  Theme: “Family-Oriented Policies for
observed every year on 8 May to commemorate Sustainable Development: Towards the Second
the birth anniversary of the founder of the Red World Summit for Social Development”
Cross.  International Day of Light, 2025
 The first ‘International Red Cross Day,’ as it  The International Day of Light is observed on
used to be known, was celebrated on May 8, 16th May each year.
1948  The anniversary of the first successful operation
 The official title of the day changed over time of the laser in 1960 by physicist and engineer,
and became known as ‘World Red Cross and Theodore Maiman.
Red Crescent Day’ in 1984.  Theme: “Light, Innovation, Society.”
 The founder of the Red Cross was Jean Henry  World Hypertension Day, 2025
Dunant and he became the first recipient of the
 This day is observed by the World Hypertension
1st Nobel Peace Prize in 1901.
League (WHL) on 17th May annually.
 Theme: “On the side of humanity”
 The day promotes awareness about hyperten-
 World Thalassaemia Day, 2025 sion and encourages people to prevent and
 World Thalassaemia Day or International control this silent killer epidemic.
Thalassaemia Day is observed every year on 8  Theme: “Measure Your Blood Pressure
May. Accurately, Control It, Live Longer!”
 It is observed to honour all patients suffering  World Telecommunication Day, 2025
from Thalassaemia and for their parents who  World Telecommunication Day is observed
have never lost hope for life, despite the burden every year on 17th May.
of their disease.  It marks the founding of ITU when the first
 This day also encourages those who struggle to International Telegraph Convention was signed
live with the disease in Paris on 17 May 1865.
 Theme: “Together for Thalassaemia: Uniting  It is also known as World Telecommunication
Communities, Prioritizing Patients”. and International Society Day.

June, 2025 (111) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Since 1969, it has been celebrated annually  World Turtle Day, 2025
 Theme: Why gender equality in digital  World Turtle Day is observed annually on May
transformation matters 23.
 International Museum Day, 2025  American Tortoise Rescue, a nonprofit
organization established it in 1990 for the
 International Museum Day is observed on 18th
protection of all species of tortoise and turtle
May every year.
 Objective - to spread awareness regarding
 The objective of International Museum Day protecting turtles and tortoises and also their
(IMD) is to raise awareness about the fact disappearing habitats across the world.
that, “Museums are an important means of
cultural exchange, enrichment of cultures
and development of mutual understanding,
Exercise
cooperation and peace among peoples.
 Exercise ‘Teesta Prahar’ 2025
 The International Council of Museums (ICOM)
created International Museum Day in 1977.  Integrated Field Exercise conducted by the
 Theme: “The Future of Museums in Rapidly Indian Army
Changing Communities”  Date - May 8-9, 2025
 Venue - Teesta Field Firing Range in North
 Endangered Species Day, 2025 Bengal
 Endangered Species Day is observed every
 Exercise AIKEYME (Africa India Key
year on the third Friday in May. Maritime Engagement) 2025
 This year it was observed on May 16, 2025.
 Multilateral Exercise among India and African
 Objective - Learning about, and taking
action to protect threatened and endangered Nations
 Date - May 13-18, 2025
species.
 Venue - Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania
 This global day of action and celebration was
 The exercise witnessed participation from
created and founded by David Robinson and
Comoros, Djibouti, Kenya, Madagascar,
the Endangered Species Coalition in 2006 and
Mauritius, Mozambique, Seychelles, and South
has continued ever since.
Africa.
 Theme: “Celebrate Saving Species”
 Indian Naval Ships INS Chennai, INS Kesari
 International Day for Biological Diversity, participated in the exercise.
2025
 Operation Black Forest
 International Day for Biological Diversity is
 Launched in - April 2025
observed on 22nd May every year.
 Launched by - Indian Security Forces
 Objective - To increase awareness and
 Objective - To eliminate Naxalism in
understanding of the issues of biodiversity
Chhattisgarh, Telangana, and Maharashtra
 Theme: Harmony with nature and sustainable
states.
development
 Anti-Tobacco Day, 2025 Books
 Anti-Tobacco Day or World No Tobacco Day
 Win The Battle of Your Mind in the age of Social
is observed on 31 May every year across the
Media – by Reeta Ramamurthy Gupta
globe.
 Janata Ki Kahani, Meri Aatmakatha – by
 Objective - To make people aware and educate
Bandaru Dattatreya (Governor of Haryana)
them about the harmful effects of tobacco on  PMO: Prime Minister’s Office Through the Years
health which causes cardiovascular diseases, – by Himanshu Roy
cancer, tooth decay, staining of teeth etc.  Ramanujan: Journey of a Great Mathematician
 Theme – “Bright products. Dark intentions. – by Arun Singhal and
Unmasking the Appeal” Dr Devendra Kumar Sharma

CURRENT DRISHTI (112) June, 2025

 Cricket Tennis
Sri Lanka Women’s ODI Tri- Madrid Open (Tennis), 2025
Series, 2025
April 23 – May 4, 2025
April 27 – May 11, 2025
Madrid, Spain
Sri Lanka Women, South Africa Women and
India Women
Event Winner
Result –
Men’s Singles Casper Ruud (Norway)
Winner – India Women
Player of the Series – Sneh Rana (Ind-W) Aryna Sabalenka
Women’s Singles
Most Runs – Annerie Dercksen (South (Belarus)
Award

Africa – W), 276 runs Marcel Granollers (Spain)

Most Wickets – Sneh Rana (Ind-W), 15 Men’s Doubles and Horacio Zeballos
wickets (Argentina)
Sorana Cirstea (Romania)
BCCI Annual Player
Women’s Doubles and Anna Kalinskaya
Retainership 2024-25 (Russia)
April 21, 2025  Casper Ruud became first Norwegian to win a
Team India (Senior Men)
Masters 1000 title.
For October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025  Aryna Sabalenka won third third of Madrid
Open (2021, 2023 & 2025).
Total – 34 Players

Rohit Sharma, Virat Porsche Tennis Grand Prix,

Grade A+
(7 Crore Rupees)
Kohli, Jasprit Bumrah and 2025
Ravindra Jadeja (4 players)
Md. Siraj, K.L. Rahul, April 14-21, 2025
Grade A Shubman Gill, Hardik
(5 Crore Rupees) Pandya, Md. Shami and Stuttgart, Germany
Rishabh Pant (6 players)
Suryakumar Yadav, Kuldeep Event Winner
Grad B Yadav, Axar Patel, Yashasvi Women’s
(3 Crore Rupees) Jaiswal and Shreyas Iyer (5 Jelena Ostapenko (Latvia)
Singles
players)
Grade C Women’s Gabriela Dabrowski (Canada) and
Currently 19 players Doubles Erin Routliffe (New Zealand)
(1 Crore Rupees)

June, 2025 (113) CURRENT DRISHTI

 ATP Barcelona Open, 2025 Hockey
April 14-20, 2025 Barcelona, Spain
India Tour of Australia
Event Winner
(Women’s Hockey) 2025
Men’s April 21 – May 5, 2025
Holger Rune (Denmark)
Singles
Perth, Australia
Sander Arends (Netherlands)
Men’s
& Winner – Australia Women (4-1)
Doubles
Luke Johnson (Great Britain)
15th Hockey India Senior Men
BMW Open (Tennis) 2025 National Championship, 2025
April 14-20, 2025 Munich, Germany April 4-15, 2025

Event Winner Jhansi, Uttar Pradesh

Men’s
Alexander Zverev (Germany) Result –
Singles
Andre Goransson (Sweden) Winner – Hockey Punjab
Men’s
& Runner-up – Hockey Madhya Pradesh
Doubles
Sem Verbeek (Netherlands)  Uttar Pradesh Hockey secured third position.

WTA Charleston Open, 2025 Badminton

March 31 – April 6, 2025
BWF Sudirman Cup Finals, 2025
Charleston, U.S.A.
April 27 – May 4, 2025

Event Winner
Xiamen, China
Women’s
Jessica Pegula (U.S.A.)
Singles Biennial Championship Mixed team – 16
Jelena Ostapenko (Latvia)
Women’s Result –
&
Doubles
Erin Routliffe (New Zealand) Winner – China
Runner-up – South Korea
ATP Monte-Carlo Masters, 2025
Badminton Asia
April 6-13, 2025
Championships, 2025
Monte-Carlo, Monaco
April 8-13, 2025 Ningbo, China

Event Winner
Event Result
Men’s
Carlos Alcaraj (Spain) Men’s Winner – Kunlavut Vitidsarn (Thailand)
Singles
Singles Runner-up – Lu Guang Zu (China)
Romain Arneodo (Monaco)
Men’s
& Women’s Winner – Chen Yu Fei (China)
Doubles
Manuel Guinard (France) Singles Runner-up – Han Yue (China)

CURRENT DRISHTI (114) June, 2025

 Men’s Winners – Aaron Chia and Soh
Doubles Wooi Yik (Both Malaysia) Table Tennis
Women’s Winners – Liu Sheng Shu and Tan
Doubles Ning (Both China) WTT Contender Tunis 2025
Mixed Winners – Tang Chun Man and Tse
April 22-27, 2025
Doubles Ying Suet (Both Hong Kong)

Football
Tunis, Tunisia

Event Winner
Kalinga Super Cup, 2025 Men’s
Felix Lebrun (France)
Singles
April 20 – May 3, 2025 Women’s
Miwa Harimoto (Japan)
Singles
The Kalinga Super cup is an Inter-league Men’s Benedikt Duda and Andre
tournament played between teams from Indian Doubles Bertelsmeier (Both Germany)
Super League and the I-League.
Women’s Miwa Harimoto and Miyuu Kihara
Result – Doubles (Both Japan)
Winner – FC Goa Mixed Manush Shah and Diya Chitale (Both
Runner-up – Jamshedpur FC Doubles India)

Indian Super League (ISL), ITTF World Cup Macao, 2025

2024-25
April 14-20, 2025 Macao, China
September 13, 2024 – April 12, 2025
Event Result
Team/Clubs – 13 Matches – 163
Men’s Winner – Hugo Calderano (Brazil)
Final Match – Vivekananda Yuba Bharati Singles Runner-up – Lin Shidong (China)
Krirangan Stadium, Kolkata Women’s Winner – Sun Yingsha (China)
Result – Singles Runner-up – Kuai Man (China)
Champion – M
 ohun Bagan Super Giant (Second
title) Chess
Runner-up – Bengaluru F.C.
Golden Ball – Alaaeddine Ajaraie (North Superbet Rapid & Blitz
East United FC) (Poland) 2025
Golden Boot – Alaaeddine Ajaraie, 23
Goals (North East United FC) April 26-30, 2025
Award

Golden Glove – Vishal Kaith (Mohun Bagan

SG) Warsaw, Poland
Emerging Player – Brison Fernandes
Result –
(FC Goa)
Winner – Vladmir Fedoseev (Slovenia)
Best Grassroot Program – Jamshedpur FC
Best Elite Youth Program – Punjab FC FIDE Women’s World
 Mohun Bagan Super Giant has become just second Championship, 2025
football team after Mumbai City FC (2020-21 AD)
to win the League Shield and the ISL Cup in the April 1-23, 2025
same season.
 League Shield is awarded to the Club topping Shanghai & Chongqing, China
the league stage.

June, 2025 (115) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Result –
London Marathon, 2025
Champion – Ju Wenjun (China) (5 Title)th

April 27, 2025 London, U.K.

Runner-up – Tan Zhongyi (China)

Event Winner
FIDE Women’s Grand Prix
(5th Leg), 2024-25 Men’s Marathon Sabastian Sawi (Kenya)

April 13-24, 2025 Pune, Maharashtra Women’s Marathon Tigst Assefa (Ethiopia)

Result – Boston Marathon, 2025

Winner – Humpy Koneru (India)
April 21, 2025 Boston, U.S.A.
Runner-up – Zhu Jiner (China)
Event Winner
Athletics Men’s Marathon John Korir (Kenya)
Women’s Marathon Sharon Lokedi (Kenya)
National Open Relay Carnival,
2025 Asian U18 Athletics
April 30, 2025 Chandigarh Championship, 2025
April 15-18, 2025
Event Winner Relay Team
Gurinder Vir Singh, Animesh Damman, Saudi Arabia
Men’s 4 ×
Kujur, Manikanta Hoblidhar and
100m Relay
Amlan Borgohain Medal Table (Top 3 & India)
Men’s 4 × Jay Kumar, Manu T.S., Vishal
400m Relay T.K. and D. Choudhary Rank Country Gold Silver Bronze Total
Srabani Nanda, Sneha S.S.,
Women’s 4 × 1. China 19 12 5 36
Abinaya Rajarajan and Nithya
100m Relay
Gandhe 2. Uzbekistan 3 5 4 12
Women’s 4 × Sneha K., Rupal, Jisna Mathew
400m Relay and Subha Venkatesan 3. Japan 3 3 1 7

Mixed 4 × Angel Silvia M., Vysali Ganesan, 8. India 1 5 5 11

100m Relay Tamil Arasu S., Gitson I
Indian Gold Medal Winner
Mixed 4 × Jay Kumar, Sneha K., Vishal T.K.
Himanshu Jakhar (Javelin throw)
400m Relay and Rupal

TCS World 10K Bengaluru, 2025 Indian Open Race Walking

Competition, 2025
April 27, 2025
April 19, 2025 Chandigarh
Event Winner
Joshua Cheptegei Event Winner
World 10K Men
(Uganda) Men’s 35 km Ram Baboo (Army)
Sarah Chelangat
World 10K Women Women’s 34 km Payal (Railway)
(Uganda)

CURRENT DRISHTI (116) June, 2025

 3. Ojas Pravin Deotale, Abhishek Verma and
Archery Rishabh Yadav (Compound Men Team) – Bronze
4. Dhiraj Bommadevara (Recurve Men) – Bronze
Archery World Cup (Stage 2),
2025 Shooting
May 6-11, 2025
ISSF World Cup (Rifle/Pistol/
Shanghai, China Shotgun) – Lima, 2025
April 13-22, 2025 Lima, Peru
Medal Standing (Top-3)
Rank Nation Gold Silver Bronze Total Medal Table (Top 3)

1. South Korea 5 2 0 7 Rank Nation Gold Silver Bronze Total

1. China 4 3 6 13
2. India 2 1 4 7
2. U.S.A. 4 2 1 7
3. Mexico 1 2 0 3 3. India 2 4 1 7

India Gold Medal Winners Indian Gold Medal

Event Athletes Event Winners
Compound 10m Air Pistol Suruchi Inder Singh and Manu
Madhura Dhamangaonkar
Women Women Bhaker
Compound Ojas Pravin Deotale, Abhishek 10m Air Pistol Suruchi Inder Singh and
Men Team Verma and Rishabh Yadav Mixed Team Saurabh Chaudhary

Archery World Cup (Stage 1), ISSF World Cup (Rifle/Pistol/

2025 Shotgun) : Buenos Aires, 2025
April 8-13, 2025 April 1-11, 2025

Central Florida, USA Buenos Aires, Argentina

Medal Table (Top 5) Medal Table (Top 4)

Country/ Nation/
Rank Gold Silver Bronze Total Rank Gold Silver Bronze Total
Team Team
1. Mexico 3 2 1 6 1. China 5 3 3 11

2. China 2 0 1 3 2. India 4 2 2 8

3. USA 2 3 1 6
3. USA 1 2 1 4
4. Australia 1 1 0 2
4. India 1 1 2 4
4. Hungary 1 1 0 2
5. Germany 1 0 1 2
Indian Gold Medal Winners
Indian Medal Winners
1. Rudrankksh Balasaheb Patil (10m Air Rifle
1. Jyothi Surekha Vennam and Rishabh Yadav Men)
(Compound Mixed Team) – Gold 2. Vijayveer Sidhu (25m Rapid Fire Pistol Men)
2. Dhiraj Bommadevara, Atanu Das and 3. Sift Kaur Samra (50m Rifle 3 Position Women)
Tarundeep Rai (Recurve Men Team) – Silver 4. Suruchi Inder Singh (10m Air Pistol Women)

June, 2025 (117) CURRENT DRISHTI

 Boxing Golf
Tournament Winner
World Boxing Cup : Brazil 2025
Masters Tournament 2025 Rory Mcllroy
(April 10-13, 2025) (Northern Ireland)
March 31 – April 5, 2025
RBC Heritage (Golf) 2025 Justin Thomas
Foz do Iguacu, Brazil (April 17-20, 2025) (USA)

Participants – More than 130 boxers from 19 Squash/Billiards/Snooker

countries

Men’s Medal Table (Top 5)

Grasshopper Cup (Squash),
National/ 2025
Rank Gold Silver Bronze Total
Team
April 22-27, 2025
1. Uzbekistan 5 1 1 7
Zurich, Switzerland
2. India 1 1 4 6

3. Brazil 2 2 1 5 Event Winner

Men’s Ali Farag (Egypt)
4. England 0 3 1 4
Women’s Nouran Gohar (Egypt)
5. France 0 1 2 3
IBSF World Billiards
Indian Medal Winners Championships, 2025
1. Hitesh Gulia (Men’s 70 kg) – Gold Medal April 12-16, 2025
2. Abhinash Jamwal (Men’s 65 kg) – Silver
Medal Carlow, Ireland
3. Jadumani Singh Mandengbam (Men’s 50 kg)
– Bronze Medal Result –
4. Manish Rathore (Men’s 55 kg) – Bronze Winner – Sourav Kothari (India)
Medal Runner-up – Pankaj Advani (India)
5. Sachin (Men’s 60 kg) – Bronze Medal  Sourav Kothari is only third Indian to have won
6. Vishal (Men’s 90 kg) – Bronze Medal both the IBSF and the WBL World Billiards
titles.
Formula One Car Race Manchester Open (Squash),
2025
Race/Tournament Winner
April 2-6, 2025
Japanese Grand Prix Max Verstappen
2025 (April 6, 2025) (Red Bull)
Manchester (U.K.)
Bahrain Grand Prix Oscar Piastri
Event Winner
2025 (April 13, 2025) (McLaren)
Leonel Cardenas
Men’s
Saudi Arabian Grand (Mexico)
Oscar Piastri
Prix 2025 Salma Hany
(McLaren) Women’s
(April 20, 2025) (Egypt)

CURRENT DRISHTI (118) June, 2025

 Miscellaneous
Medal Table (Top 5)

Rank Nation Gold Silver Bronze Total

AIFF Awards 2024-25 1. India 83 3 1 87

2. Japan 3 3 4 10
May 2, 2025 Bhubaneswar (Odisha)
3. Mongolia 1 11 6 18
4. Oman 1 3 7 11
All India Football Federation
5. Nepal 0 27 12 39
Men’s Player of the Subhasish Bose
Year
Laureus World Sports Awards,
Women’s Player of 2025
Soumya Guguloth
the Year
April 21, 2025 Madrid, Spain
Promising Men’s
Brison Fernandes
Player of the Year Award Winner
Promising Women’s Toijam Thoibisana Laureus World Armand Mondo
Player of the Year Chanu Sportsman of the Duplantis (Sweden),
Best Men’s Year Athletics
Vishal Kaith
Goalkeeper Laureus World Simone Biles (USA),
Best Women’s Elangbam Panthoi Sportswoman of the Gymnastics
Goalkeeper Chanu Year
Men’s Coach of the Laureus World Team Real Madrid Men’s
Khalid Jamil
Year of the Year Football Team (Spain)
Women’s Coach of Laureus World Tom Pidcock (UK),
Sujata Kar
the Year Action Sportsperson Mountain Biking
of the Year
President’s Special
honour for Coaching Ranjan Chowdhury Laureus World Come- Rebeca Andrade
Excellence back of the Year (Brazil), Gymnastics
Laureus World Break- Lamine Yamal (Spain),
Indian Football through of the Year Football
Most Successful MA
Association
(Club Competition) Laureus World Yuyan Jiang (China),
(West Bengal)
Sportsperson of the Para-Swimming
All Manipur Football Year with a disability
Most Successful MA Association and Indian Laureus Sport for Kick 4 Life (Losotho),
(NFC Competitions) Football Association Good Award Football
(West Bengal) Laureus Sporting Rafael Nadal (Spain),
Icon Award Tennis
2nd Asian Yogasana Sport Laureus Lifetime Kelly Slater (USA),
Achievement Award Surfing
Championship-2025
Wisden Cricketer’s Almanack
April 25-27, 2025 New Delhi
2025
Mascot – Sinvha
April 24, 2025 Madrid, Spain

Sport Federation – Asian Yogasana

Wisden Leading
Participation – Over 21 countries Men’s Cricketer in Jasprit Bumrah (India)
the World 2025

June, 2025 (119) CURRENT DRISHTI

  She was part of bronze medal winning Indian
Wisden Leading
Women’s Cricketer Smriti Mandhana (India) team at Commonwealth Games, 2022.
in the World 2025  She was awarded with Arjun Award in 2021 and
Wisden Leading the Padma Shri in 2022.
Nicholas Pooran (West
T20 Player in the  She was also recognised with Hockey India
Indies)
World 2025
Balbir Singh Sr. Award for Player of the Year
Gus Atkinson (England),
(Women) in 2014 and hockey India Dhanraj
Jamie Smith (England),
The Five Pillay Award for forward of the year 2021 and
Dan Worrall (Australia),
Cricketers of the 2022.
Liam Dawson (England)
year 2025
and Sophie Ecclestone  James Anderson
(England Women).
Harry Brook (England) features on the front cover  Former England fast bowler.
of the Wisden Cricketer’s Almanack 2025.  He was awarded a Knighthood in
former British Prime Minister Rishi
Sportsperson in News Sunak’s resignation honours list.
(April 11, 2025)
 Niharika Singhania  Neeraj Chopra
 Indian woman equestrian player.  Indian Javelin throw athlete.
 She has clinched gold medal in  He won gold medal at Potch
the prestigious Azelhof CSI Lier Invitational Meet in Potchefstroom
equestrian competition held in
(South Africa) with 84.52m throw.
Belgium. (April, 2025)
(April 16, 2025)
 Vandana Katariya
 Mirabai Chanu
 She has officially announced her
 Indian women weightlifter.
retirement from International hockey
 She was elected as the Chairperson
at 32 years of age (April 1, 2025)
of the Indian Weightlifting Federa-
 She scored 158 goals in 320
tion’s (IWLF) athlete Commission.
international matches after making
(April 15, 2025)
her debut for India in 2009.
 She retires as India’s most capped women’s  Sourav Ganguly
hockey player.  He has been re-appointed as the
 She represented India in the two Olympic Chairperson of the ICC Men’s
Games (Rio 2016 & Tokyo 2020).
Cricket Committee. (April 13, 2025)
 Vandana is the only Indian woman to score a
hat-trick at Olympic Games.  S. Sreesanth
 H
 er hat-trick in a crucial victory over South  Former Indian Cricketer.
Africa helped India’s historic fourth place  Kerala Cricket Association has
finish at Tokyo 2020. suspended him for three years over
 Vandana helped India to secure gold medals at insulting remark in Sanju Samson
the Women’s Asian Champions Trophy in 2016 row. (April 30, 2025).
and 2023.
 ICC Players of the Month : March, 2025
 She won silver medal at the Asian Games 2018,
Women’s Asian Champions Trophy 2013 &  Men’s Player – Shreyas Iyer (India)
2018.  Women’s Player – Georgia Voll (Australia)

CURRENT DRISHTI (120) June, 2025